Watlow EZ-ZONE RMH User's Guide

EZ-ZONE

®

RM High Density Module

User’s Guide

RM High Density Module

TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

ISO 9001

Registered Company

Winona, Minnesota USA

1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987

Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507

http://www.watlow.com

0600-0074-0000 Rev. F Made in the U.S.A

.

March 2016

Safety Information

We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to important operational and safety information.

• A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.

• A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that apply to your application.

• A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you, others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to your application.

• The safety alert symbol, (an exclamation point in a triangle) precedes a general

CAUTION or WARNING statement.

• The electrical hazard symbol, (a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. Further explanations follow:

Symbol Explanation

CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on unit can provide. Consult User's Guide for further information.

.

ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques when installing or servicing product.

Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.

Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct current (dc) voltage.

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Process Control

Equipment. UL 61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010. File E185611 QUYX,

QUYX7. See: www.ul.com

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Hazardous Locations

Class 1 Division II Groups A, B, C and D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File

E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com

Unit is compliant with European Union directives. See Declaration of

Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for

Compliance.

Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a Temperature

Limit Device per FM Class 3545 standard. See: www.fmglobal.com

Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as

Temperature Indicating-Regulating Equipment per CSA C22.2 No. 24. See: www.csa-international.org

Warranty

The EZ-ZONE ® RM High Density module is manufactured by ISO 9001-registered processes and is backed by a three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units have not been misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlows' obligations hereunder, at Watlows' option, are limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use

Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.

Technical Assistance

If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs, alarms, limits, etc. If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local

Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to [email protected] or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time

(CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available when calling:

• Complete model number

• All configuration information

• User’s Guide

• Factory Page

Return Material Authorization (RMA)

1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed, contact an Application Engineer or Product Manager. All RMA’s require:

• Ship-to address

• Bill-to address

• Contact name

• Phone number

• Method of return shipment

• Your P.O. number

• Detailed description of the problem

• Any special instructions

• Name and phone number of person returning the product.

2. Prior approval and an Return Merchandise Authorization number from the Customer

Service Department is required when returning any product for credit, repair or evaluation. Make sure the Return Merchandise Authorization number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis.

3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it.

4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or issue credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.

5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories.

6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation and be given the option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.

7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.

This EZ-ZONE ® RM High Density User’s Guide is copyrighted by Watlow Electric, Inc., © March

2016 with all rights reserved.

• EZ-ZONE RM is covered by U.S. Patent No. 6,005,577 and Patents Pending

TC

Table of Contents

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

A Conceptual View of the RMH Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Input Events and Output Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Getting Started Quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Chapter 2: Install and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

RM Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Chapter 3: Operations Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Monitor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Chapter 4: Setup Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 1 • Table of Contents

TC


(cont .)

Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Variable Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Global Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Communications Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Chapter 5: Factory Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

RMH Module - Factory Page Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Custom Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Lock Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Chapter 6: Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Autotune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Manual Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+

® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Calibration Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sensor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sensor Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Set Point Low Limit and High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Range High and Range Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


TC


(cont .)

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Auto and Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Proportional (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Proportional and Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Single Set Point Ramping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Process and Deviation Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Alarm Set Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Action Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Analog Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Control Loop Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


TC


(cont .)

Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Global Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Math Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Modbus ® Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Process Value Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Chapter 7: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Modbus

®

- Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

RMH Module Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

RMH Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

How to Reach Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


1

Chapter 1: Overview

Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources

Document Title and Part Number

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Access (RMA)

User's Guide, part number: 0600-

0072-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Controller

(RMC) User's Guide, part number:

0600-0070-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Scanner (RMS)

User's Guide, part number: 0600-

0071-0000

Description

Describes how to connect the RM system into an industrial network, how to use data logging, module backup and the real-time clock.

The RMC module is an advanced integrated controller capable of PID and limit control. This document describes how to configure and program all loops of control and communications.

This module adds monitoring points to the RM system. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Expansion

(RME) User's Guide, part number:

0600-0073-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Limit (RML)

User's Guide, part number:

0075-0000

EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface

(RUI) User's Guide, part number:

0600-0060-0000

0600-

EZ-ZONE RM Specification Sheet, part number: WIN-EZRM-0414

Watlow Support Tools DVD, part number: 0601-0001-0000

When additional I/O is needed the Expansion module fills the gap. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.

The RML module will protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions. The

User Guide describes configuration, programming and communications capabilities.

The RUI provides a visual LED display to the RM configuration and setup menus. This document illustrates and describes connections and also describes the Home Page for each RM module as viewed from the RUI.

Describes RM hardware options, features, benefits and technical specifications.

Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos, application notes, utility tools, etc...

The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting

Watlow Customer Service at 1-507-454-5300.

As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice: http://www.watlow.com/literature/index.cfm.

Once there, simply type in the desired part number (or name) into the search box and download free copies.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 5 • Chapter 1 Overview

Your Comments are Appreciated

In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address: [email protected]

Introduction

The EZ-ZONE

®

RM High Density (RMH) control module provides multi-loop (4 to 16 loops) PID control in a small footprint. The RMH takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements as a stand-alone module or in applications that require distributed control.

It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system. The RMH module is provided in a space-saving, rail-mount package and is highly scalable where you only pay for what you need. For those applications that require the ability to configure/monitor the control over a network, Modbus RTU communications is an option. Other communications protocols are also available (e.g., EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP and Profibus DP) when used in conjunction with an RMA module or when using a Remote User Interface/ Gateway

(RUI/GTW).

Standard Features and Benefits

PID controller

• Provides two mounting options (DIN rail, chassis mount)

• Reduces wiring time and termination complexity compared to connecting discrete products

• Reduces panel space and installation cost

• Increases user and equipment safety for over/under temperature conditions

Communication Capabilities

• Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC

• Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus ® RTU

• Provides plug and play capabilities with Remote User Interface (RUI’s) and RMA module

• Free standard bus communications port and free PC software EZ-ZONE Configurator and

Composer

• SpecView for Watlow used over Standard Bus communications

Additional Control Integration Options

• Includes programmable timer functions

• Includes programmable counter functions

• Allows for simple math and logic programming options

Advanced PID Control Algorithm

• Offers TRU-TUNE ® + adaptive control to provide tighter control for demanding applications

• Provides auto-tune for fast, efficient startup

Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics

• Users can easily tell that the entire thermal system is functioning properly

• Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics

• Allows for flexible synergistic use of hardware, such as using one loop's sensor as a backup to another loop in the event of sensor failure.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


• Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient.

• Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs

Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution

• Improves system reliability with a factory integrated solution that minimizes inter-module connections and potential problems at screw termination points.

• Reduces installation cost

• Eliminates compatibility headaches often encountered with using many different components and brands

Controller Handles High Ambient Temperatures

• Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of -18 to 65°C (0 to 149°F) for cabinets and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels

Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined Parameter Default Settings

• Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter settings

• Reduces service calls and downtime due to inadvertent end user parameter adjustments

RMH Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility

• Allows PID loops to be added in increments of four. Module can scale from 4 to 16 loops

• Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and don’t settle for any less functionality than you need

Synergistic Module Control (SMC)

• Allows outputs selected for control (heat/cool), alarms or events to be located in any physical module, regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor

Split-Rail Control (SRC)

• Allows modules to be mounted together or mounted remotely from one another (maximum distance 200 feet or 61 meters)

• Shares control operation via SMC capability

• Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices to which they are wired

• Improves system reliability and lowers wiring costs

Agency Approvals: UL

®

listed, CE, RoHS, W .E .E .E . FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div . 2 Rating on Selected Models

• Assures prompt product acceptance

• Reduces panel builder's documentation and agency costs

Removable Connectors

• Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls

• Simplifies installation

Three-Year Warranty

• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


A Conceptual View of the RMH Module

The flexibility of the RMH's software and hardware allows for variation in configurations. Acquiring a better understanding of the controller’s overall functionality and capabilities while at the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.

It is useful to think of the controller in three parts: inputs, procedures and outputs. Information flows from an input to a procedure to an output when the controller is properly configured. An RMH controller can carry out several procedures at the same time, e.g., PID control, monitoring for several different alarm situations, monitoring and acting upon digital inputs and driving output devices such as heaters, audible alarms, lights. Each process needs to be thought out carefully and the controller’s inputs, procedures and outputs set up properly.

Inputs

The inputs provide the information that any given programmed procedure can act upon. Simply stated, this information may come from an operator pushing a button or from a sensor monitoring the temperature of a part being heated or cooled.

Each analog input typically uses a thermocouple, RTD or thermistor to read the process temperature. It can also read volts, current or resistance, allowing it to use various devices to read humidity, air pressure, operator inputs and others values. Each analog input must be configured to match the device connected to that input (see: Analog Input Menu, Setup Page).

Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive. An RMH equipped with digital input/output hardware includes two sets of terminals where each of which can be used as either an input or an output. Each pair of terminals must be configured to function as either an input or output with the direction parameter (see: Digital Input/Output Menu, Setup Page).

Functions

Functions use input signals to calculate a value. A function may be as simple as reading a digital input to set a state to true or false, or reading a temperature to set an alarm state to on or off. Alternatively, if a failure with the primary sensing device should occur sensor backup could be utilized to avoid an unwanted shutdown.

To set up a function, it’s important to tell it what source, or instance, to use. For example, if the control is equipped with digital inputs they can be configured to reset an individual alarm or all alarms. If configured as such, the next step would be to define which of the available digital inputs would be tied to the alarm reset function. The RMH module can be equipped with up to 12 digital inputs, instance 1 - 6 and 7 - 12. Once the specific input has been selected simply assign the alarm reset function to it (Setup Page, DIO Menu). The last step would be to define the alarm instance that should be reset. If zero is entered for the alarm instance when the digital input selected above is enabled, all latched alarms without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset. If a specific alarm instance (1 - 24) is selected it will be that instance alone that will be reset.

Note:

Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a non-alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non-latching (Setup Page, ALM Menu)

Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute any action outside of the controller. To have any effect outside of the controller, an output must be configured to respond to a function

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Outputs

Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a function, such as removal of the control voltage to a contactor; turning a light on or off; unlocking a door; or turning on an audible alarm.

Assign an output to a function in the Output Menu or Digital Input/Output Menu. Then select which instance of that function will drive the selected output. For example, in using a RMH module an output can be configured to respond to the output of the PID algorithm to drive a heater.

You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm 2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output 1 and a siren connected to digital output 5.

Input Events and Output Events

Input events are internal states that are set by the digital inputs. Digital Input 1 provides the state of input event 1, and Digital Input 2 provides the state of input event 2. The setting of

Digital Input function (Setup Page, Digital Input/Output Menu) does not change the relationship between the input and the event. An input will still control the input event state, even if

Digital Input Function is set to None.

Actions

Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output, Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, set alarms to off, silencing alarms and enabling remote set point.

A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations

Due to the scalability and flexibility in the RM system a user has several options available in the way that the hardware can be connected. Listed below are a few examples.

RMH Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a Personal Computer (PC)

In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RMH module via Watlow's Standard

Bus where both will be able to talk directly to the RMH module.

RM

Limit

Power

Supply

RUI

Slot C

485 to USB

Converter

PC Running

EZ-ZONE

Configurator

In the graphic above the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and or the RUI can be used to configure and then monitor the RMH and other modules connected to it.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RMH Module Connected to a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail

In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RMH module using the Modbus RTU protocol:

Power

Supply

PLC

RMH

Controller

Slot C

485 to USB

Converter

PC Running

EZ-ZONE

Configurator

In this example, the RMH module and the PLC must be equipped with the Modbus RTU protocol.

Note:

If it is intended to use an RUI or a PC using EZ-ZONE Configurator software it will be necessary to switch the protocol on the RMH to Watlow's Standard Bus to successfully communicate; disconnect all Modbus devices from the network. Once done using the RUI or

EZ-ZONE Configurator software, switch the protocol back to Modbus RTU and reconnect all

Modbus devices to re-establish communications over Modbus.

RMH Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RMA

In this configuration the RMH can be connected to the OIT through the RMA running any of a number of available protocols. The RMA and the OIT must be using the same protocol while the communications from RMA to the RMH module is accomplished over the backplane using Watlow's Standard Bus protocol. Available protocols in the RMA follow:

RMH

Controller

RM

Access

1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP

2. DeviceNet

Slot C Slot C

3. Modbus RTU

4. Profibus DP

RUI

OIT

Notice that in the example to the right that there is an

optional RUI connected to the RMH along with the OIT.

Power

OITs' are not generally used to configure a control but are used more for run-time information. As an alternative for configuration the RUI could be used to configure and monitor in a remote location.

Supply

One advantage in using an RMA module when communicating on a network is that protocol switching is not needed on the RMH module if using an RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator software.

The protocol of choice used with the RMA can run simultaneously with the Standard Bus protocol.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RMH Connected to a Split Rail with OIT

In this configuration both the inter-module bus (backplane communications) and Standard Bus are connected between rails to allow for remote capabilities. It is recommended that the split rail connection not exceed 100 feet. In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all modules (maximum 16 modules any combination with one Access module).

RMC

Controller

RMH

Controller

RM

Access

Slot C

Slot C

Slot C

Power

Supply

RMC

Controller

RMH

Controller

OIT

Slot C Slot C

Module Orientation

The picture below represents one of six possible RM modules. All six will have four slots on the face (slot A, B, D, and E) and one on the bottom (slot C) not shown. All of these slots are not always used on all modules. On the face of the module there is a button (white circle) under the Zone address (

5

) that when pushed and held has the following functions:

1. For any module, push and hold for approximately 2 seconds. The address will intensify indicating that it can now be changed. Release and repeatedly press to change to the desired unique address.

2. For the control module, if equipped with the Modbus protocol (RMHxxxxxxxxx1xx) pushing and holding this button for approximately 6 seconds will cause the display to reflect ing the button and then pushing it again (within 6 seconds), the display will toggle between

S

Modbus and Standard bus range from

1 -16 ( is 13,

The Access module is shipped at address

P

for protocol. Releas-

(Standard Bus). Valid addresses for

1

E

J

q

, a

is 10,

is 14,

or 17.

f b

N

(Modbus) and

is 11,

is 15, and

C h

is 12,

is 16). d

D

A

E

B

Module Status

(Slot A, B, D, or E)

Protocol

Standard Bus - red

Modbus - green

Module Outputs

1 through 16, all may or may not be used depending

on module type

Note:

For correct operation and accuracy, the module must be mounted in a vertical orientation as shown.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Getting Started Quickly

Consider taking the following steps to quickly commission your control:

• Wire and connect the power source to the control

• Wire and connect input and output devices to the control

• Power up the control and navigate to the Setup Page to configure inputs, outputs, alarms, etc...

• Once the control is setup, navigate to the Operations Page to modify set points.

The RMH controller has a page and menu structure that is listed below along with a brief de-

scription of its purpose. The menu structure can be easily seen and navigated using EZ-ZONE

Configurator software or the Remote User Interface (RUI).

Note:

The menu navigation as described below applies when the RMH is connected to the RUI which is optional equipment.

Setup Page

Using the RUI, push and hold the up and down keys (¿ ¯) for 6 seconds to enter. (See the

Setup Page

for further information)

Operations Page

Using the RUI push and hold the up and down keys (¿ ¯) for 3 seconds to enter. (See the

Operations Page

for further information)

Factory Page

Using the RUI push and hold the Infinity and the green Advance keys (ˆ

‰

) for 6 seconds to enter. (See the

Factory Page for further information)

Home Page

When using the RUI, the control is at the Home Page when initially powered up where it will display the

Process Value for loop 1 in the upper display and the set point for loop 1 in the lower display.

Note:

The Home Page is visible only when using the RUI.

A user would want to setup their control prior to operation. As an example, define the input type, alarm sides (high and or low) or set the output function.

After setting up the control to reflect your equipment, the Operations Page would be used to monitor or change runtime settings. As an example, the user may want to see the current status (on or off) of an event status in the Action Menu.

For the most part the Factory Page has no bearing on the control when running. A user may want to enable password protection, view the control part number or perhaps create a custom

Home Page.

Pushing the green Advance Key

‰

will cause the display to show the control mode for loop 1.

The default RMH loop configuration out of the box is shown below:

• All Analog Input functions are set to thermocouple, type J (to change go to the Setup Page,

Analog Input Menu)

• All Process Value functions are set to off (to change go to the Setup Page, Process Value

Menu)

• PID for all loops are set to heat and cool is off (to change go to the Setup Page, Loop Menu)

• All outputs are set to off (to change go to the Setup Page, Output Menu)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Once the control has been wired and setup, power up the control and change the appropriate set points to the desired value (on the RUI push the up ¿ and or down ¯ arrow key from the Home Page).

EZ-ZONE RMH Default Configuration

Input

Function

PID

Controller

Output

Function

Input Sensor

All Analog Inputs

Thermocouple Type J

Heat

All Outputs

Off

All Loops

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

16 Control Loops - Slots A, B, D and E

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] - A A A A

Input

Function

Input Sensor

Analog Input 1 through 16

None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),

Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process

(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer

PID

Controller

Slot A, B, D, E

Output

Function

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply

EIA - 485 Communications

Standard Bus

(optional Modbus RTU)

Inter-module Bus

20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

Zone and Status

LED

Indicates Zone

Address

Zone Selection

Button

Push to select Zone

Address and Protocol

D

A

S

E

B

M

Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E

Indicates communications activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



8 Control Loops - Slots A, B

4 - Form A Mechanical Relays - Slot D

6 - Digital I/O - Slot E

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] J C - A A A A

Input

Function

Input Sensor





PID

Controller

Slot A, B

4 - Mechanical

Relay Outputs

Form A

Slot D

Output 1, 2, 3, 4

5A Mechanical Relay Form A

Input Device

Digital Input 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12

Switch contact or volts dc

6 - Digital

Inputs / Outputs any combination

Output 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12

switched dc/open collector

Output

Function

Analog Input

Alarm

Cool Power

Heat Power

Compare

Counter

Digital I/O

Profile Event Output A-H

Function Key

Linearization

Logic

Math

Process Value

Special Output Function 1-4

Timer

Variable

Off

Slot E

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply


Standard Bus



20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2

3

4

5

10

11

12

6

7

8

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone


Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E


Indicates I/O

Status

Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Input

Function

Input Sensor

Input Device



6 - Digital I/O - Slot D

4 - Form A Mechanical Relays - Slot E

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C J - A A A A

Output

Function





Digital Input 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6


PID

Controller

Slot A, B

6 - Digital


Slot D

Output 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6


4 - Mechanical

Relay Outputs

Form A

Output 7, 8, 9, 10

5A Mechanical Relay Form A

Analog Input

Alarm

Cool Power

Heat Power

Compare

Counter

Digital I/O


Function Key

Linearization

Logic

Math

Process Value


Timer

Variable

Off

Slot E

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply


Standard Bus



20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2 10

5

6

3

4

7

8

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone


Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E


Indicates I/O

Status


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®




6 - Digital I/O - Slot D

6 - Digital I/O - Slot E

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C C - A A A A

Input

Function

Input Sensor

Input Device





Digital Input 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6


PID

Controller

Slot A, B

6 - Digital


Slot D

Output 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6


Input Device

Output

Function

Digital Input 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12


6 - Digital


Output 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12


Analog Input

Alarm

Cool Power

Heat Power

Compare

Counter

Digital I/O


Function Key

Linearization

Logic

Math

Process Value


Timer

Variable

Off

Slot E

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply


Standard Bus



20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

7

8

5

6

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2

3

10

11

4 12

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone


Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E


Indicates I/O

Status


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Input

Function

Input Sensor



3 - Process Outputs - Slot D or E

4 - SSR Outputs - Slot D or E

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [F,L] [F,L] - A A A A





Output

Function

PID

Controller

Slot A, B

3 - Universal/

Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR

Outputs

Slot D

3 - Universal/

Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR

Outputs

Output 1, 2, 3, 4

Process, 2A Solid-State

Relay Form A

* * The functions listed to the right with purple text apply to the

Process output only, where the orange text applies to the

SSR output only. All others apply to both output types.

Output 7, 8, 9, 10

Process, 2A Solid-State

Relay Form A

Off

Analog Input

Current*

Alarm*

Cool Power

Heat Power

Power*

Compare*

Counter*

Digital I/O*

Profile Event Output A-H*

Function Key*

Linearization

Logic

Math

Process Value

Set Point Closed*

Set Point Open*


Timer*

Variable

Slot E

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply


Standard Bus



20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

6

7

4

5

8

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2

3

10

11

12

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone


Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E


Indicates I/O

Status


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


2

Chapter 2: Install and Wire

Dimensions

As can be seen below the dimensions of the RMH module will change slightly based on the type of connector used.

Note:

Modules should always be mounted vertically. For easy removal and placement of modules it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and front of each module.

Module Removal Clearance Standard Connectors

147.07 mm

( 5.8 in )

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

Latch in open position

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

Module Removal Clearance Straight Connectors

155 mm

( 6.10 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

150

165 mm

( 6.50 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

• 18 •

15

°

173.90 mm

( 6.85 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Dimensions (cont .)

Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern

58.67 mm

( 2.31 in )

32.77 mm

( 1.29 in )

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

17.53 mm

( 0.69 in )

60.45 mm

( 2.38 in )

35.81 mm

( 1.41 in )

35.05 mm

( 1.38 in )

16.76 mm

( 0.67 in )

The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module.

Recommended chassis mount hardware:

1. #8 screw, 3/4" long

2. Torque to 10 -15 in-lb

3. No washers of any kind

Power Supplies

DSP 30

1 2 3 4

+ + - -

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

91.00 mm 3.583 in

DC LO

DC OK

DSP30

L N

5 6

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 19 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

91.00 mm 3.583 in

1 2 3 4

+ + - -

71.00 mm

2.795 in vout ADJ.

DC LO

DC OK

DSP60

DSP 60

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

91.00 mm 3.583 in

89.9 mm

3.539 in

L N

5 6

DSP 100

1 2 3 4

+ + - vout ADJ.

DC LO

DC OK

DSP100

L N

5 6

56.8 mm

2.236 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


AC Input Voltage Range

Input Frequency

DC Input Voltage range

Inrush Current (115 / 230VAC)

Output Voltage Accuracy

Over voltage Protection

LED Indicators

Operating Temperature

Power Supply Specifications

DSP 30 DSP60 DSP100

VAC

Hz 47 - 63Hz

VDC 120 - 370VDC

A

90 - 264VAC, Class II double insulated (No ground connection required)

25 / 50A 30 / 60A 30 / 60A

%

V

±1% of Nominal

120 - 145%

- - - - Green LED = On, Red LED = DC Output Low

Storage Temperature

Operating Humidity

Vibration (Operating)

Safety Agency Approvals

- - - - -25 to +85°C

- - - - 20 - 95% RH (non condensing)

- - - -

IEC 60068-2-6 (Mounting by rail: Random wave,

10-500 Hz, 2G, ea. along X, Y, Z axes 10 min/ cycle, 60 min)

UL1310 Class 2(1), UL508 Listed, UL60950-1,

EN60950-1, CE

For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to: http://us.tdk-lambda.com/lp/products/dsp-series.htm

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RM Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail

Modular Backplane Connector

The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane Connector, both front and rear view.

The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip. If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular

Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also (recommended).

Installing the Modular Backplane Connector

To install the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail, (see rear view above, backplane hook detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled)

2. Next, rotate back plane assembly downward to engage the lower edge of the rail. (Note:

Din Rail clipping distance ranges from

1.366 -1.389 inches. The back plane assembly will not latch onto the rail successfully if the rail is out of dimension).

3. For final positioning and locking, the red tab is to be pushed upward to further engage the bottom edge of the rail with an over center snap action latch. (The red locking tab protrudes from the bottom side of the back plane assembly).

Note:

For easy removal and placement of modules it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and front of each module.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors

Multiple modules are easily aligned and latched together. Each module includes matched mating geometry that facilitates accurate and consistent interconnections.

To install backplane connectors follow the steps below:

1. Attach individual modules to the rail separately.

2. Laterally slide the modules together until they touch.

3. When the multi-module system is attached and laterally positioned to the desired placement the locking tab should be engaged to secure the control system to the rail.

Module Installation

In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module (on side).

To install modules on the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Slide the lip of the module over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then push down on the rear of the module. The module will then slide over the two posts just above the green connector (see pictures below).

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Module Removal

To remove a module from the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown to the right.

2. Pull back on the red tab, the two mounting posts will then release the module.

3. Lift the module up and slide it up; this will release the module lip from the backplane.

Backplane Removal from DIN Rail

To remove a modular backplane connector from the DIN rail follow the steps below:

1. Insert a screw driver into the red locking tab just behind the green connector.

2. Apply downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards..

3. When released, the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off of the DIN rail.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

Wiring

High Density Module (R M H x - x x x x - x x x x)

Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Terminal Function

Inputs

Configuration

Universal, RTD and Thermistor Inputs

1 - 4 5 - 8 9 - 12 13 - 16

S3

R3

S4

R4

S1

R1

S2

R2

S7

R7

S8

R8

S5

R5

S6

R6

S9

R9

S10

R10

S11

R11

S12

R12

S13

R13

S14

R14

S15

R15

S16

R16

S_ (RTD), thermocouple -, volts - , mA -, potentiometer wiper or thermistor

R_ (RTD), thermocouple +, volts +, mA +, potentiometer or thermistor

Universal/Thermistor Input

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7

Input 1-4: RMH _ - [ 1,2] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Input 5-8: RMH _ - _ [ 1,2] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Input 9-12: RMH _ - _ _ [ 1,2] _ - _ _ _ _

Input 13-16: RMH _ - _ _ _ [ 1,2] _ - _ _ _ _

Digital Inputs

- - - - 1 - 6 7-12

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

D4

D5

D6

Z1

B1

D1

D2

D3

D10

D11

D12

Z7

B7

D7

D8

D9

Common

DC +input

DC +input

DC +input

DC +input

DC +input

DC +input

Internal Supply

Digital Inputs (DI)

Part # Digit 7, 8

Slot A: Option not valid

Slot B: Option not valid

Slot D: RMH _ - _ _ [

C] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [

C] - _ _ _ _

Outputs

- - - - - - 1 - 4 7 - 10

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

L3

K3

L4

K4

L1

K1

L2

K2

L9

K9

L10

K10

L7

K7

L8

K8

Quad 5A - Mechanical Relay Form A Outputs

normally open common normally open common normally open common normally open common

Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A

Part # Digits 7, 8

Slot D: : RMH _ - _ _ [ J] _- _ _ _ _

Slot E: : RMH _ - _ _ _ [ J] - _ _ _ _

Digital Outputs

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1 - 6 7 - 12

D4

D5

D6

Z1

B1

D1

D2

D3

D10

D11

D12

Z7

B7

D7

D8

D9

Common open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc

Internal Supply

Digital Outputs (DO)

Part # Digit 7, 8



Slot D: RMH _ _ - _ _ [

C] _- _ _ _ _

Slot E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [

C] - _ _ _ _

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

High Density Module (R M H x - x x x x - x x x x)

Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Terminal Function

- - -

Outputs (cont.)

- - 1 - 4 7 - 10

Configuration

Quad 2A - Solid-State Relay (SSR) Form A Outputs

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

L1

K1

L2

- - -

- - -

L3

K3

L4

L7

K7

L8

- - -

- - -

L9

K9

L10 normally open common normally open

not used not used

normally open common normally open

2A SSR Outputs

Part # Digits 7, 8



Slot D: RMH _ - _ _ [

L] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [

L] - _ _ _ _

Tri-State Process/Retransmit Outputs

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1 - 3

F1

H1

- - -

F2

H2

- - -

F3

H3

7 - 9

F7

H7

- - -

F8

H8

- - -

F9

H9 voltage or current voltage + or current +

not used

voltage or current voltage + or current +

not used

voltage or current voltage + or current +

Tri-Process Outputs

Part # Digits 7, 8



Slot D: RMH _ - _ _ [ F] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [ F] - _ _ _ _

Slot C

CC

CA

CB

CZ

CX

CY

98

99

CF

CD

CE

Power and Communications

Terminal Function

All Power input: ac or dc+

Power input: ac or dc-

Standard Bus EIA-485 common

Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Configuration

Standard Bus

Part # Digit 10

RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _ [

A] _ _

Standard Bus or Modbus

Part # Digit 10

RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _ [

1] _ _

Inter-module Bus

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Slot D

Slot A

RMH Front View

Standard Connector

Slot E

Slot B

98 99

Slot C

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RMH System Isolation Blocks

No Isolation

Controller Power Supply

20.4 to 30.8V

Î (

dc)

20.4 to 30.8V

Å

(ac)

Safety Isolation

Digital Inputs & Outputs,

Process Outputs

Controller

Low Voltage Power Bus

Low-voltage

Isolation

Analog Input 1 - 16

Mechanical Relay,

Solid-State Relay,

Outputs

Safety Isolation

Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak

Safety Isolation: 1,528V

Å (ac)

Low-voltage

Isolation

Communications Ports

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

High Density Module Wiring (RMHx-xxxx-xxxx)

Low Power

RMH - All Model Numbers

98 99

Slot C

Slot C

CF CD CE CZ CX CY

Slot C

CC CA CB CZ CX CY

-

-

+

+

• 20.4 to 30.8 V Å (ac) / Î (dc) 14VA

• 47 to 63 Hz

• Controller module power consumption, 7

Watts maximum

• 31 Watts maximum power available for

P/S part #:0847-0299-0000


P/S part #:0847-0300-0000


P/S part #:0847-0301-0000

• Class 2 or Safety Extra Low Voltage

(SELV) power source required to meet UL compliance standards

Communications

RMH Part # Digit 10 is A

• CF, CD, CE - Standard Bus EIA485 Communications

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485

Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Communications

RMH Part # Digit 10 is 1

• CC, CA, CB - Modbus and Standard Bus

EIA485 Communications (selectable via push button under zone address)

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485

Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Modbus-

IDA Terminal

EIA/TIA-

485 Name

Watlow

Terminal

Label

Function

DO

D1

A

B

CA or CD

CB or CE

T-/R-

T+/R+ common common CC or CF common

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2 (16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Warning:


Warning:

ç

ç


Inputs 1 through 16 Thermocouple

-

+

-

+

-

-

+

+

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

Thermocouple

RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8

• 2K Ω maximum source resistance

• >20 MΩ input impedance

• 3 microampere open-sensor detection

• Thermocouples are polarity sensitive. The negative lead (usually red) must be connected to S terminal

• To reduce errors, the extension wire for thermocouples must be of the same alloy as the thermocouple.

- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxx-xxxx

- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xx-xxxx

- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)x-xxxx

- Input 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(1)-xxxx

Inputs 1 through 16 Potentiometer

CW

CCW

CW

CCW

CW

CCW

CW

CCW

S_

R_

S_

R_

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

R_

S_

R_


• Use a 1 kΩ potentiometer.

- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(

1)xxx-xxxx

- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(

1)xx-xxxx

- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(

1)x-xxxx

- Input 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(

1)-xxxx

Inputs 1 through 16 RTD


Slot A, B, D, E

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

• Platinum, 100 and 1,000 Ω

@ 0°C

• Calibration to DIN curve

(0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)

• RTD excitation current of

0.09 mA typical. Each ohm of lead resistance may affect the reading by 2.55°C for a 100 ohm platinum sensor or 0.25°C for a

1000 ohm sensor.

- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(

1)xxx-

xxxx


1)xx-

xxxx


1)x-

xxxx


1)-

xxxx

AWG Ohms/1000ft

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

2.575

4.094

6.510

10.35

16.46

26.17

41.62

66.17

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2

(16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Inputs 1 through 16 Thermistor

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

S_

R_

Thermistor

-

-

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

+

R_

-

S_

+

R_

S_

+

R_

-

S_

+

R_

• >20 MΩ input impedance

- Input 1 - 4 : RMHx-(

2)xxx-xxxx


2)xx-xxxx


2)x-xxxx


2)-

xxxx

Process Inputs 1 through 16


-

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

+

R_

-

S_

+

R_

-

S_

+

R_

-

S_

+

R_


• 0 to 20 mA @ 100 Ω input impedance

• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance

• 0 to 50 mVÎ (dc) @ 20 MΩ input impedance

• scalable

- Inputs 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxxxxxx

- Inputs 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xxxxxx

- Inputs 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)xxxxx

- Inputs 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(1)xxxx

Warning:

ç


Warning:

ç


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2 (16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Warning:

ç


Digital Inputs 1 through 12

Common

DC Input

DC Input

Slot D, E

B_

D_

D_

Digital Input Event

Conditions

• Dry Contact

RMH Part # Digit 7, 8 is C

Voltage Input common

DC Input

DC Input

D_

D_

- Input inactive when > 100KΩ

Vdc

B

_

DC Input

DC Input

Internal Supply

D_

D_

Z_

- Input active when < 50Ω

• Voltage

- Input inactive when < 2V

D

_

Dry Contact

- Input active when > 3V

• Six user configurable Digital Inputs/outputs per slot

- Slot D DI 1 - 6

RMHx-xx(

C) xx-xxxx

- Slot E DI 7 - 12

RMHx-xxx(

C)-xxxx

D

_

Z

_

24 Vdc

Connecting a Digital Output from One Zone to a Digital Input of Another Zone (Zone 1 to Zone 2 in this example)

Zone 1

RMC Part # Digit 11 is C

Slot D

Slot E

B7

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Zone 2

RMH Part # Digit 8 is C

Slot D

Slot E

B7

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Pull-up resistor required 1K

to 10K Ohms

Slot A Slot B

Slot A Slot B

Warning:

ç


In the example above, digital output D8 from an RMC module

(Zone 1) is connected to the digital input D8 of an RMH module

(Zone 2).

Note:

As shown in the graphic above, for this configuration, a pull-up resistor is required.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2

(16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Warning:

ç


Digital Outputs 1 - 12

Slot D, E

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Z_

Common open collector/switched dc open collector/switched dc open collector/switched dc open collector/switched dc open collector/switched dc open collector/switched dc

Internal Supply

• Maximum switched voltage is 32VÎ

(dc)

RMH Part # Digit 7, 8 is C

Open Collector/

Switched DC Outputs

• Internal supply provides a constant power output of 750mW

• Maximum output sink current per output is 1.5A (external class 2 or

*SELV supply required)

• Total sink current for all outputs not to exceed 8A

• Do not connect outputs in parallel

- Outputs 1 - 6

RMHx-xx(

C)x-xxxx

- Outputs 7 - 12

RMHx-xxx(

C)-xxxx

* Safety Extra Low

Voltage

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Z_

Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 1-12

VDC

Collector Outputs

Common

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Htr 1

Htr 2

Htr 3

DC90-60C0-0000

D_

Warning:

ç


Internal Circuitry

D_

Z_

Internal Supply

Note:

As a switched DC output; this output is a constant current output delivering 750 mW, current limited to 400 mA. The internal supply does have a maximum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and minimum open circuit voltage of 19 VDC. Pin Z_ is shared to all digital outputs. This type of output is meant to drive solid state relays, not mechanical relays.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2 (16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Warning:

ç


Warning:

ç


Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 1-12

VDC

Collector Outputs

Internal Circuitry

Common

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Z_

Internal Supply

Diode

-

Power Supply

5 to 32 VDC

+

Fuse

An example fuse is

Bussmann AGC-1 1/2

Relay

As an open collector output (see graphic below), use an external power supply with the negative wired to B_, the positive to the coil of a pilot mechanical relay and the other side of the coil wired to the output of choice (D_). Each open collector output can sink 1.5

A with the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes. Ensure that a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to prevent damage to the internal transistor.

Output 1-4 and 7-10 Mechanical Relay, Form A RMH Part # Digit 7, 8

Slot D

L1

K1 normally open common

L2 normally open

K2 common

L3


L4


Slot E

L7


L8

K8

L9

K9 normally open common normally open common

L10 normally open

K10 common

• 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or

30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load

• 20 mA at 24V minimum load

• 125 VA pilot duty @

120/240V

Å

(ac), 25 VA at 24V

Å

(ac)

• 100,000 cycles at rated load

• Output does not supply power.

• For use with ac or dc

- See Quencharc note

- Slot D Outputs 1 - 6

RMHx-xx(

J)x-xxxx

- Slot E Outputs 7 - 10

RMHx-xxx(

J)-xxxx

Mechanical Relay

Form A

Internal Circuitry

L_

K_

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:

ç


Note:


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2

(16 AWG)


Note:


Note:


Note:


Note:




Warning:

ç


Warning:

ç


Quad 2A SSR Outputs 1-4, 7-10

Slot D, E

L_ normally open common

K_

L_ normally open

L_ normally open common

K_

L_ normally open

RMH Part # Digit 7, 8

• 2 A at 20 to 264VÅ

(ac) maximum resistive load

• 50 VA 120/240VÅ

(ac) pilot duty

• Optical isolation, without contact suppression

• Maximum off state leakage of 105 microamperes

• Output does not supply power.

• Do not use on dc loads.

• N.O., COM, N.O wiring (shared common) between each set of outputs.

• Minimum holding current 10mA

- See Quencharc note.

L_

Normally Open

K_

Common

Not Used

L_

Normally Open

Not Used

L_

Normally Open

K_

Common

L_

Normally Open

Quad 2 Amp SSR Derating Curve - All Outputs 100% Duty Cycle

2.25

2.00

1.75

1.50

1.25

1.0

0.75

0.50

0.25

0

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5

10

15

20

25 30 35 40 45 50

Ambient Temperature (oC)

55 60

65

70

1 Quad SSR

Multiple Quad SSR Cards

Note:

Each of the four SSR outputs has internal circuitry that will protect it from over heating. Outputs may be disabled (shut off) automatically if internal temperatures exceed those listed in the graph above. After the output temperature drops approximately 10 °C the outputs will once again be enabled for operation.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Warning:


Note:

ç


• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12


2 (16 AWG)


Note:


Note:

Tri-Process/Retransmit Outputs 1-3, 7-9

RMH Part # Digit 7, 8

Slot D, E

F_

H_

F_

H_

F_

H_ volts or current volts +/current + volts or current volts +/current + volts or current volts +/current +

• 0 to 20 mA into

400Ω maximum load

• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into 4 kΩ minimum load

• Outputs are scalable

• Output supplies power

• Each output can be independently set for voltage or current.

• Output may be used as retransmit or control.

0 to 20 mA

0 to 20 mA

0 to 20 mA

0 to 10 V

Not Used

0 to 10 V

Not Used

0 to 10 V

F_

H_

F_

H_

F_

H_ negative

volts +

or current + negative

volts +

or current + negative

volts +

or current +


Quencharc Wiring Example

Note:


Note:




Warning:

ç


Warning:

ç


• In this example the

Quencharc circuit

(Watlow part# 0804-

0147-0000) is used to protect internal circuitry from the counter electromagnetic force from the inductive user load when deenergized. It is recommended that this or an equivalent

Quencharc be used when connecting inductive loads to outputs.

L_

K_

User Load

Quencharc

N

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications

Slot C

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A 120 Ω termination resistor may be required across T+/R+ and T-

/R-, placed on the last controller on the network.

• Do not connect more than 16

EZ-ZONE RM controllers on a network.

• Maximum network length: 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus

- RMHx-xxxx-x(

A)xx

* All models include Standard Bus

communications

EZ-ZONE

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX

TM

485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Standard Bus

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

USB

Port

PC Software Protocol

Standard Bus

EZ-Configurator

Data format

38,400 baud

8 data bits no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

D

A

E

D

A

E

B

S M

1 9

2 10

3 11

4 12

5

13

6 14

7 15

8 16

B

U

LINX

TM

B

Model 485TB-2W

&

USB Serial Conversion

B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

B(+)

A(-)

B(+)

GND

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

http://www.bb-elec.com/


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


EZ-ZONE RM to Serial Gear Converter

Model USB-COMi-M

Screw terminal connector pin-out:

1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA

2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB

6 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC

DB9 connector, EIA485 half duplex pin-out:

1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA

2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB

5 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC

DB9 connector, EIA232 pin-out:

1 is DCD

2 is RXD

3 is TXD

4 is DTR

5 is Gnd

6 is DSR



Daisy chain wire up to 247 EZ-ZONE ® devices.


USB

If first device on 485 network, set jumpers as shown

1 - 2

3 - 4

5 - 6

7 - 8

9 - 10

11 - 12

13 - 14

Tx termination 120 ohm

Tx pull-up 750 ohm

Tx pull-down 750 ohm

Rx termination 120 (422)

Rx pull-up 750 ohm

Rx pull-down 750 ohm

CTS termination 120 (422)

1

13

Internal

Jumpers

JP1

2

14 http://serialgear.com/1-Port-Serial-USB-USB-COMi-M.html

6

5 4 3 2

PWR

RxD

TxD

1

USB-COMi-M

ON

SerialGear

SW Serial

DB9

1 2 3 4

Mode

485

232

1

ON

OFF

2

OFF

ON

3 4

OFF OFF

ON ON

D

A

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

E

D

A

E

B

S M

13

14

15

16

9

10

11

12

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

B


Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications

Slot C

98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of last controller on network.

• Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either

Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.

• Do not connect more than 16

EZ-ZONE controllers on a Standard Bus network.

• Maximum number of EZ-ZONE controllers on a Modbus network is 247.

• Maximum network length:

1,200 meters (4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus

RMHx-xxxx-x(

1)xx

Modbus-IDA

Terminal

DO

D1 common

EIA/TIA-485

Name

A

B common

Watlow Terminal

Label

CA or CD

CB or CE

CC or CF

Function

T-/R-

T+/R+ common

Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on

Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


USB

Port

PC Software Protocol

Modbus RTU Third Party

EZ-ZONE

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX

TM

485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Modbus RTU

Data format

9,600, 19,200, 38,400 baud

8 data bits even, odd, no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit


A

D

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

E

D

A

E

B

S M

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

3

4

5

1

2

6

7

8

B

U

LINX

TM

USB Serial Conversion

Model 485TB-2W

B

&

B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

B(+)

A(-)

B(+)

GND



http://www.bb-elec.com/


Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on

Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.

Note:

When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the control.

To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:

1. Navigate to Device Manager on the PC.

2. Double click on Ports.

3. Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.

4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.

Graphic to the right shows the advanced settings dialog box for the com port in use.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network

Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network. A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.

Note:

Termination resistors when used, require a termination resistor at both ends of the network.

A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway

EZ-ZONE ST

ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _

Power

Supply fuse

EZ-ZONE RM

power power common

EZ-ZONE PM

98

99

CF

CD

CE

B5

D6

D5 power com

- A

+ B

RUI/Gateway

EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _

98

99

CF

CD

CE power common

- A

+ B

Slot C common

- A

+ B

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


A Network Using Modbus RTU

EZ-ZONE ST

ST_ _ - (B or F) _

M _ -_ _ _ _ power power common

EZ-ZONE PM

98

99

CC

CA

CB

B5

D6

D5 power power com

- A

+ B

PLC

power power common

- A

+ B

Power

Supply fuse

EZ-ZONE RM

Slot C common

- A

+ B

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Connecting the Modules

RM System Connections

The RMH module can be installed as a stand-alone module or it can be interconnected on the

DIN rail as shown below. When modules are connected together as shown, power and communications are shared between modules over the modular backplane interconnection (red circle). Therefore, bringing the necessary

Modular Backplane Interconnect

power and communications wiring to any one module (connector in slot C) is sufficient. The modular backplane interconnect comes standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature, meaning any of the RM modules can use it.

Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply is being used across both DIN rails. One notable consideration when designing the hardware layout would be the available power supplied and the loading affect of all of the modules used. Watlow provides three options for power supplies listed below:

1. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts

(Part #: 0847-0299-0000)

2. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts

(Part #: 0847-0300-0000)

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

RM Controller

Module

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx

Slot D

Slot A

Standard Bus

Address 1

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

_

_

_

RM Access

Module

RMHx-xxxx-xAxx

RMAx-xxxx-xxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 2

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

_

_

_

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 3

Slot E

_

Slot B

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

3. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts

(Part #: 0847-0301-0000)

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

With regards to the modular loading affect, maximum power for each is listed below:

1. RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx @ 7 watts /

14VA

2. RMEx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

3. RMAx-xxxx-xxxx @ 4 watts / 9VA

4. RMLx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

5.

RMHx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts /

14VA

Low Voltage

Class 2

Power Supply

Standard Bus

Split Rail Configuration

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 4

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

Slot B

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

RM Expansion

RMEx-xxxx-xxxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 5

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

Slot C

Slot B

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Inter-module

Bus

It is recommended that twisted pair shielded wire be used for each bus.

6. RMSx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

So, in the split rail system diagram, the maximum current draw on the supply would be 38 Watts.

RUI

EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _

- 1 RMC modules consumes 7W

- 1 RME modules consumes 7W

- 1 RMA module consumes 4W

- 1 RMS modules consumes 7W

-

1 RMH modules consumes 7W

- 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W

With this power requirement the second or third power supply could be used.

Standard Bus

Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself (graphic not shown) would

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


be a configuration that requires more than one supply. Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown above. The power supply used is the 91W supply.

The top DIN rail now has the following modules:

- 2 RMC modules consumes 14W

- 1 RMA consumes 4W

- 11 RME modules consumes 77W

-

2 RMH modules consumes 14W

As can now be seen, the total power requirement exceeds 91W. In this case, another power supply would be required. To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins

99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect another appropriately sized power supply for the remote modules to those same pins.

When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter-module Bus and Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet. Standard Bus and the Inter-module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations. Without having both connected communications between modules would not be possible.

Note:

Unit is not provided with a disconnect, use of an external disconnect is required. It should be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit.

Note:

Connecting power supplies in parallel is not allowed. When power consumption is greater than 91 watts use a split rail configuration.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Conventions Used in the Menu Pages

To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup and Factory) and their associated menus have identical headers defined below:

Header Name Definition

Display Visually displayed information from the control.

Parameter Name Describes the function of the given parameter.

Range

Default

Modbus Relative

Address

CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)

Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/max values (numerical), yes/no, etc... (further explanation below).

Values as delivered from the factory.

Identifies unique parameters using either the Modbus RTU or Modbus

TCP protocols (further explanation below).

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol (further explanation below).

Profibus Index

Parameter ID

Data Type and Access (R/W)

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).

Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, Lab-

VIEW.

uint = Unsigned 16 bit integer dint = Signed 32-bit, long string = ASCII (8 bits per character) float = IEEE 754 32-bit

RWES =

Readable

Writable

EEPROM (saved)

Display

When a RM module is used in conjunction with the RUI (optional equipment) visual information from the module is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment display.

Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some interpretation, see the list below:

1 = 1

2 = 2

3 = 3

4 = 4

5 = 5

6

= 6 ϯ = 7

8 = 8 q = 9

0 = 0 џ =

Ѥ

= b щ ц

E

F g h

, {

= d

= E

= F

= g

= h

= c i = i

J = J

H = K

L = L n

= n o

P q r t

= o

= P

= q

= r

ЛЏ = M S = S

= t u v

= u

= v

ФІ y

Z

= W

= y

= Z

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 44 • Chapter 2 Menu Conventions

Range

Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis.

This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available communications protocols. As an example, turn to the RMH module Setup Page and look at the Analog Input menu and then the Sensor Type. To turn the sensor off using Modbus simply write the value of 62 (off) to register 388 and send that value to the control.

Note:

With firmware release 9.0 and above, two new parameters (Minimum and Maximum) were added to allow ranges to be opened up to display full values. Unsigned integer may take on a range of 0 to 65,535 and floating point may take on a range of -3.4E+38 to 3.4E+38.

Prior to revision 9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Both of these new parameters can be found in the Setup Page under the

Global Menu.

Communication Protocols

All RM modules come with the standard offering of Watlow's Standard Bus protocol used primarily for inter-module communications as well as for configuration using EZ-ZONE

Configurator and Composer software (free download from Watlow's web site ( http://www.

watlow.com

). Along with Standard Bus, the RMH module can also be ordered with Modbus RTU

(only one protocol can be active at any given time). The RMA module has options for several different protocols listed below:

- Modbus RTU 232/485

- EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP

- DeviceNet

- Profibus DP

To learn more about the RM Access module click on the link below. Once there simply type in

RM in the Keyword field. http://www.watlow.com/literature/manuals.cfm

Modbus RTU Protocol

All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual).

Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5 digits).

Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from

400001 to 465535 (6 digits). Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers.

Note:

In this User's Guide, all values shown representing Modbus addresses are added to 400,001 or 40,001 to acquire the absolute address.

For parameters listed as float notice that only one (low order) of the two registers is listed, this is true throughout this document. By default, the low order word contains the two low bytes of the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Controller Operations Page for the

Analog Input Value. Find the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 380. Because this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 380 (low order bytes) and 381 (high order bytes). The Modbus specification does not dictate which register should be high or low order so Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order

(Setup Page, Communications Menu) from the default low/high to high/low.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


It should also be noted that some of the cells in the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset. Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance; such as, alarms (24), analog inputs (16), etc... The Modbus register shown Always represents instance one. Take for an example the Silencing parameter found in the Controller Setup Pages under the Alarm menu. Instance one is shown as address 2670 and the offset to the next instance is identified as +60. If there was a desire to read or write to instance 3 simply add 120 to 2670 to find its address, in this case, the instance 3 address for Alarm Silence is 2790.

RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _

[1] _ _

or

RMA _ - A

[2, 3] _ _ - A A _

or

EZKB - x [2,3] _ _ - _ _ _ _

To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org

.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


3

Chapter 3: Operations Pages

RMH Module Operation Page Parameters

To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds. pear in the upper display and oPEr

will appear in the lower display.

Ai

will ap-

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key

‰

to enter the menu of choice.

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

‰

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will show Value High

uAL.H

or Value Low

uAL.L

.

Ai opEr

Analog Input Menu

1

Ai

Analog Input (1 to 16)

Ain

Analog Input Value

i.Er

Input Error

i.CA

Calibration Offset

Pu opEr

Process Value Menu

1

Pu

Process Value (1 to 16)

Su.A

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

Su.

C

Source Value C

Su.d

Source Value D

Su.E

Source Value E

oFSt

Offset

o.u

Output Value dio opEr

Digital Input/Output

Menu

1

dio

Digital Input/Output (1 to 12)

do.S

Output State

di.S

Input State

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 47 • Chapter 3 Operations Page

ACt opEr

Action Menu

1

ACt

Action (1 to 24)

Ei.S

Event Status

ЛЏon opEr

Monitor Menu

1

ЛЏon

Monitor (1 to 16)

C.ЛЏA

Control Mode Ac tive

h.pr

Heat Power

C.pr

Cool Power

Loop opEr

Loop Menu

1

Loop

Loop (1 to 16)

r.En

Remote Set Point

C.ЛЏ

Control Mode

A.tsp

Autotune Set Point

aUt

Autotune

C.sp

Set Point

id.S

Idle Set Point

h.pb

Heat Proportional

Band

h.hy

On / Off Heat Hys- teresis

C.pb

Cool Proportional

Band

C.hy

On / Off Cool Hys- teresis

ti

Time Integral

td

Time Derivative

db

Dead Band

o.sp

Manual Power aLЛЏ opEr

Alarm Menu

1

aLЛЏ

Alarm (1 to 24)

A.Lo

Low Set Point

a.hi

High Set Point

a.CLr

Clear Alarm *

a.Sir

Silence Alarm *

a.st

Alarm State *

Lnr opEr

Linearization Menu

1

Lnr

Linearization (1 to 16)

Su.a

Source Value A

ofst

Offset

o.u

Output Value

CpE opEr

Compare Menu

1

CpE

Compare (1 to 24)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

o.u

Output Value tЛЏr opEr

Timer Menu

1

tЛЏr

Timer (1 to 24)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

E.t

Elapsed Time

o.u

Output Value

Ctr opEr

Counter Menu

1

Ctr

Counter (1 to 24)

Cnt

Count

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

o.u

Output Value

LgC opEr

Logic Menu

1

LgC

Logic (1 to 24)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

Su.C

Source Value C

Su.d

Source Value D

Su.E

Source Value E

Su.F

Source Value F

Su.g

Source Value G

Su.h

Source Value H

o.u

Output Value

ЛЏat opEr

Math Menu

1

pasr

Math (1 to 24)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

Su.C

Source Value C

Su.d

Source Value D

Su.E

Source Value E

ofst

Offset

o.u

Output Value

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RM High Density Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Ai opEr


Ain

Ain

Analog Input (1 to

16)

Analog Input Value

View the process value.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 380

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

1

0 4001 i.Er

i.Er

Note:

Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error

(61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol.

If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.


16)

Input Error

View the cause of the most recent error. If the message is attn

Er.i1

or

Er.iя

or

Er.10

or

Er.16

, this parameter will display the cause of the input error.

nonE

None (61)

OpEn

Open (65)

shrt

Shorted (127)

E.ЛЏ

Measurement Error (140)

E.CaL

Bad Calibration

Data (139)

Er.ab

Ambient Error

(9)

E.rtd

RTD Error (141)

faiL

Fail (32)

- - - 382

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

2

1 4002 i.Ca

i.CA


16)

Calibration Offset

Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.

-1,999.000 to


-1,110.555 to

5,555.000°C

0.0

402

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

2 4012

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Data

Type and

Access

**

float

R uint

R float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

No Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range


16)

Filtered Process

Value

View the process value when filtering is turned on

.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C


16)

Clear Error

Clear latched input when input error condition no longer exists.

Clear Error (1221)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - - 422

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x16 (22)

- - - 436

[offset

90]

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

- - - - 4022

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x1D (29)

- - - 4029

Data

Type and

Access

**

float

R uint

RW

Pu opEr


Su.a

Su.A

Process Value (1 to

16)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Su.b

Su.b

Su.C

Su.C


16)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.


16)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 8250

[offset

70]

- - - 8252

[offset

70]

- - - 8254

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x10 (16)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x11 (17)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x12 (18)

- - - 26016 float

R

- - - 26017 float

R

- - - 26018 float

R

Su.d

Su.d

Su.E

Su.E


16)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.


16)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

8256

[offset

70]

8258

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x13 (19)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x14 (20)

- - - -

- - - -

26019

26020


** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set float

R float

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

ofst oFSt o.u

o.u

Parameter Name

Description

Range


16)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C


16)

Output Value

View the value of this function block's output.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

Default

0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


8264

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x17 (23)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 26023 float

RWES

- - - -

8262

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x16 (22)

- - - 26022 float

R dio opEr

Digital Input/Output Menu

do.s

do.S

Digital Output (1 to

12)

Output State

View the state of this output.

di.s

di.S

No Display

Digital Input (1 to

12)

Input State

View this event input state.

Digital Input (1 to

12)

Source Error

View reported cause for input malfunction.

off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63)

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error

(140)

Bad calibration data

(139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - 1832

[offset

30]

- - - 1840

[offset

30]

- - - 1848

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

7

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

0x0B (11)

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

0x0F

(15)

46 6007

- - - 6011

- - - 6015 uint

R uint

R uint

R aCt opEr

Action Menu

Ei.s

Ei.S

Action (1 to 24)

Event Input Status

View this input state.

off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - 2188

[offset

20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

5

140 10005


** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set uint

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative

Address

- - - -

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

No Display

No Display

Function Key (1)

Function Key State

View current state of function key 1.

Function Key (2)

Function Key State

View current state of function key 2.

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - - - - - - - -

- - - - 3024

- - - - 3030

ЛЏon opEr

Monitor Menu

C.ЛЏA

C.MA

Monitor (1 to 16)

Control Mode Active

View the current control mode.

h.pr

h.Pr

Monitor (1 to 16)

Heat Power

View the current heat output level.

C.pr

C.Pr

C.sp

C.SP

Monitor (1 to 16)

Cool Power

View the current cool output level.

Monitor (1 to 16)

Closed Loop Active

Set Point

View the set point currently in effect.

off

Off (62)

aUto

Auto (10)

ЛЏan

Manual (54)

0.0 to 100.0%

-100.0 to 0.0%

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 4102

[offset

70]

- - - 4124

[offset

70]

- - - 4126

[offset

70]

- - - 5232

[offset

80]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

2

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xD (13)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xE (14)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

7

- - - 8002

- - - 8011

- - - 8014

- - - 8029 pu.a

Pv.A

Monitor (1 to 16)

Process Value Active

View the current filtered process value using the control input.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 4156

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x1D (29)

- - - 8031



Data

Type and

Access

**

uint

R uint

R uint

R float

R float

R float

R float

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Loop opEr

Control Loop Menu

r.En

r.En

Control Loop (1 to

16)

Remote Set Point

Enable this loop to switch control to the remote set point.

C.ЛЏ

C.M

a.tsp

A.tSP

a.Ut

AUt


16)

Control Mode

Select the method that this loop will use to control.


16)

Autotune Set Point

Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.


16)

Autotune

Start an autotune.

While the autotune is active, the Home

Page will display attn tUn1

to tUnя or tU10 to tU16

When the autotune is complete, the message will clear automatically.

no

No (59) yEs

Yes (106)

off

Off (62)

aUto

Auto (10)

ЛЏan

Manual (54)

50.0 to 200.0% no

No (59) yEs

Yes (106)

No

90.0

No

5260

[offset

80]

Auto 4100

[offset

70]

4138

[offset

70]

4140

[offset

70]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x15

(21)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

1

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x14

(20)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x15

(21)

38

53

- - - 8025

54

7021

8001

8026

C.sp

C.SP


16)

Set Point

Set the closed loop set point that the controller will automatically control to.

Low Set Point to

Maximum Set Point

(Setup Page)

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

5220

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

1

39 7001



Data

Type and

Access

**

uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES uint

RW float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

float

RWES id.s

id.S

h.pb

h.Pb

h.hy

h.hy

C.pb

C.Pb


16)

Idle Set Point

Define a set point that can be triggered by an event state.


16)

Heat Proportional

Band

Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.


16)

On / Off Heat Hysteresis

Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the “on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.


16)

Cool Proportional

Band

Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.

Low Set Point to High

Set Point (Setup Page)

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

5236

[offset

80]

4110

[offset

70]

4120

[offset

70]

4112

[offset

70]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

9

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

6

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xB (11)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

7

40

55

56

57

7009

8009

8010

8012

C.hy

C.hy


16)

On / Off Cool Hysteresis


0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

4122

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

58 8013



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 54 • float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

Chapter 3 Operations Page


Display

ti ti td td db db

Parameter Name

Description


16)

Time Integral

Set the PID integral for the outputs.


16)

Time Derivative

Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.


16)

Dead Band

Set the offset to the proportional band. With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.

A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.

Range

0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat

0 to 9,999 seconds

-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units

-556 to 556°C

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


180 seconds per repeat

4114

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

8

0 seconds

0.0

4116

[offset

70]

4118

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

9

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

59

60

61

Parameter

ID

8006

8007

8008 o.sp

o.SP

No Display


16)

Manual Power

Set a fixed level of output power when in manual

(open-loop) mode.


16)

Error State

Read to see if loop is in an error state.

-100 to 100% (heat and cool)

0 to 100% (heat only)

-100 to 0% (cool only)

None (61)

Open Loop (1274)

Reversed Loop (1275)

0.0

- - - -

5222

[offset

80]

4148

[offset

70]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

2

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x19(25)

41

- - - -

7002

8048

No Display


16)

Clear Error

Write to this register to clear loop error.

Clear (129)

Ignore (204)

Ignore 4150

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x1A(26)

- - - 8049



Data

Type and

Access

**

float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES uint

R uint

W

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description


16)

Loop Output Power

View the loop output power.

Range

-100.0 to 100.0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 4128

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x0F (15)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

- - - 8033 aLЛЏ opEr

Alarm Menu

a.Lo

A.Lo

Alarm (1 to 24)

Low Set Point

If Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

2662

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

2

18 9002

Process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

Deviation - set the span of units from the set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.



Data

Type and

Access

**

float

R float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

a.hi

A.hi

Parameter Name

Description

Alarm (1 to 24)

High Set Point

If Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

Process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

Range

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

Default

300.0

°F or units

150.0

°C

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


2660

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

19

Parameter

ID

9001

A.CLr

A.CLr

A.sir

A.Sir

Deviation - set the span of units from the set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 24)

Clear Alarm

Write to this register to clear an alarm

Alarm (1 to 24)

Silence Alarm

Write to this register to silence an alarm

Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm State

Current state of alarm

0

0

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - 9026

- - - 9027

A.st

A.St

str Startup (88) nonE None (61) bLo Blocked (12) aL.L

Alarm Low (8) aL.h

Alarm High (7) aL.E

Error (28)

- - - 2676

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

9

- - - 9009

No Display

Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm Clearable

Read to see if alarm can be cleared.

no

No (59) yEs

Yes (106)

- - - 2682

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

- - - 9012



W uint

W uint

R uint

R

Data

Type and

Access

**

float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

Alarm (1 to 24)

Silenced

Read to see if alarm is active but has been silenced by Silence Alarm.

Alarm (1 to 24)

Latched

Read to see if alarm is currently latched.

Alarm (1 to 24)

Clear Request


Alarm (1 to 24)

Silence Request


Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm Working

Process Value

Read process value used by alarms

Alarm (1 to 24)

Output Value

Read state of alarm output

Yes (106)

No (59)

Yes (106)

No (59)

Clear (0)

No Change (255)

Clear (0)

No Change (255)

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

On (63)

Off (62)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 2680

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x0B

(11)

- - - 2678

[offset

60]

- - - 2684

[offset

60]

- - - 2686

[offset

60]

- - - 2696

[offset

60]

- - - 2706

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x0E

(14)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x13

(19)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x18

(24)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x0A

(10)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0xD (13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

- - - 9011

- - - 9010

32 9013

33 9014

- - - 9019

- - - 9024

Data

Type and

Access

**

uint

R uint

R uint

RW uint

RW float

R uint

R

Lnr opEr


Su.a

Su.A

Linearization (1 to

24)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 14386

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 24

4

- - - 34004 float

R ofst oFSt


24)

Offset


-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

0 14390

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 24

6

- - - 34006



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 14392

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 24

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 34007 float

R o.u

o.v

No Display


24)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.


24)

Error

View reported cause for Linearization output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error

(140)

Bad calibration data

(139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

- - - 14434

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 24

0x1C

(28)

- - - 34028 uint

R

CpE opEr

Compare Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

o.u

o.v

Compare (1 to 24)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Compare (1 to 24)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Compare (1 to 24)

Output Value


-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

11272

[offset

40]

11274

[offset

40]

11278

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

7

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

8

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

28007

28008

28010



R float

R uint

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 11284

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

0x0D

(13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 28013 uint

R

No Display

Compare (1 to 24)

Error

Read reported cause for compare error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error

(140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617) tЛЏr opEr

Timer Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

E.t

E.t

o.u

o.v

Timer (1 to 24)

Value Source A

View the value of

Source A.

Timer (1 to 24)

Value Source B

View the value of

Source B.

Timer (1 to 24)

Elapsed Time

View the value of this function's elapsed time.

Timer (1 to 24)

Output Value


off on onds

Off (62)

On (63) off on

0 to 9,999.000 secoff on

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

13192

[offset

50]

13194

[offset

50]

13210

[offset

50]

13198

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

7

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

8

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0x10

(16)

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0x11

(17)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

31007

31008

31016

31010 uint

R uint

R float

R uint

R

No Display

Timer (1 to 24)

Running

Read to determine if timer is running

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - - 13208

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0x0F

(15)

- - - 31015



R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 13214

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0x12

(18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 31018 uint

R

No Display

Timer (1 to 24)

Error

Read reported cause for timer error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error

(140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Ctr opEr

Counter Menu

Cnt

Cnt

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

o.u

o.v

Counter (1 to 24)

Count

View the function's total count.

Counter (1 to 24)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Counter (1 to 24)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Counter (1 to 24)

Output Value


0 to 9,999 off on on

Off (62)

On (63) off

On (63) off on

Off (62)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

12248

[offset

40]

12232

[offset

40]

12234

[offset

40]

12238

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0xF (15)

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

7

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

8

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0xA (10)

217

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

30015

30007

30008

30010 uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R

No Display

Counter (1 to 24)

Error

Read reported cause for counter error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error

(140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - 12250

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0x10

(16)

- - - 30016



R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

LgC opEr

Logic Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Su.C

Su.C

Su.d

Su.d

Su.E

Su.E

Su.f

Su.F

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value F

View the value of

Source F.

off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - 9388

[offset

80]

- - - 9390

[offset

80]

- - - 9392

[offset

80]

- - - 9394

[offset

80]

- - - 9396

[offset

80]

- - - 9398

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1B

(27)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1C

(28)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x19

(25)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1A

(26)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1D

(29)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1E

(30)

- - - 27025 uint

R

- - - 27026 uint

R

- - - 27027 uint

R

- - - 27028 uint

R

- - - 27029 uint

R

- - - 27030 uint

R

Su.g

Su.g

Su.h

Su.h

Logic (1 to 24)

Value Source G

View the value of

Source G.

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Value H

View the value of

Source H.

off on

Off (62)

On (63) off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

9400

[offset

80]

9402

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x1F

(31)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x20

(32)

- - - -

- - - -

27031

27032



R uint

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


- - - 9406

[offset

80]

7F (127)

1 to 24

0x22

(34)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 27034 uint

R o.u

o.v

No Display

Logic (1 to 24)

Output Value


Logic (1 to 24)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error off

Off (62) on

On (63)

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error

(140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - 9410

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x24

(36)

- - - 27036 uint

R

ЛЏat opEr

Math Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Su.C

Su.C

Su.d

Su.d

Math (1 to 24)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Math (1 to 24)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Math (1 to 24)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

Math (1 to 24)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - 6570

[offset

70]

- - - 6572

[offset

70]

- - - 6574

[offset

70]

- - - 6576

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x12

(18)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x13

(19)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x10

(16)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x11

(17)

- - - 25016 float

R

- - - 25017 float

R

- - - 25018 float

R

- - - 25019 float

R

Su.E

Su.E

Math (1 to 24)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - 6578

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x14

(20)

- - - 25020



R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance


Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

ofst oFSt o.u

o.v

Math (1 to 24)

Offset


Math (1 to 24)

Output Value


-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to


-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

0

- - - -

6584

[offset

70]

6582

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x17

(23)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x16

(22)

- - - -

- - - -

25023

25022 float

RWES float

R

No Display

Math (1 to 24)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error

(140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - 6596

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1D

(29)

- - - 25029



R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


4

Chapter 4: Setup Pages

RMH Module Setup Page Parameters

To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. will appear in the upper display and

SEt

will appear in the lower display.

Ai

Note:

If keys are released when and repeat until opEr

is displayed, press the Infinity Key

ˆ or reset key to exit

SEt

is displayed.



‰



‰

to enter.





Note:


Note:


Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will show Value High

uAL.H

or Value Low

uAL.L

.

Ai sEt


1

Ai

Analog Input (1 to 16)

sEn

Sensor Type

Lin

TC Linearization

Unit

Units

s.Lo

Scale Low

s.hi

Scale High

r.Lo

Range Low

r.hi

Range High

P.EE

Process Error Enable

P.EL

Process Error Low

Value t.C

Thermistor Curve

r.r

Resistance Range

Co.a

Custom Coefficient

A

Co.b

Custom Coefficient

B

Co.C

Custom Coefficient

C fiL

Filter

i.Er

Input Error Latching

dEC

Display Precision i.Ca

Calibration Offset

ain

Analog Input Value * i.Er

Input Error *

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 65 • Chapter 4 Setup Page

Pu sEt

Process Value

1

si.a

Source Instance A

sz.a

Source Zone A

LEv

Active Level

Pu

Process Value (1 to 16) fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B sz.b

Source Zone B

Sfn.C

Source Function C

Si.C

Source Instance C sz.C

Source Zone C

Sfn.d

Source Function D

Si.d

Source Instance D sz.d

Source Zone D

Sfn.E

Source Function E

Si.E

Source Instance E

sz.E

Source Zone E

C.p

C.b

p.unt

a.unt

b.pr

dio sEt

Menu

1

1

aCt

fn

fi fil

Digital Input/Output

dio

Digital Input/Output (1 to 12)

dir

Direction

fn

Function

fi

Output Function In- stance

sz.a

Output Source Zone

o.Ct

Time Base Type

o.tb

Fixed Time Base

o.Lo

Low Power Scale

o.hi

High Power Scale aCt sEt

Action Menu

Action (1 to 24) sfn.a

Cross Over Point

Cross Over Band

Pressure Units

Altitude Units

Barometric Pressure

Filter

Action Function

Function Instance

Source Function A

Loop sEt

1


Loop

Control Loop (1 to 16)

Sfn.a

Source Function A

is.a

Source Instance A

h.ag

Heat Algorithm

C.ag

Cool Algorithm

C.Cr

Cool Output Curve

h.pb

Heat Proportional

Band *

h.hy

On / Off Heat Hys- teresis *

C.pb

Cool Proportional

Band *

C.hy

On / Off Cool Hys- teresis *

ti

Time Integral *

td

Time Derivative *

db

Dead Band *

t.tun

TRU-TUNE+ ® Enable

t.bnd

TRU-TUNE+ Band

t.gn

TRU-TUNE+ Gain

a.tsp

Autotune Set Point

*

t.agr

Autotune Aggres- siveness

p.dL

Peltier Delay

r.En

Remote Set Point

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

r.ty

Remote Set Point

Type

Ufa

Auto-to-Manual

Power

faiL

Input Error Power

ЛЏan

Fixed Power

L.dE

Open Loop Detect

Enable

L.dt

Open Loop Detect

Time

L.dd

Open Loop Detect

Deviation

rp

Ramp Action

r.sC

Ramp Scale

r.rt

Ramp Rate

L.sp

Minimum Set Point

h.sp

Maximum Set Point

C.sp

Set Point*

id.s

Idle Set Point *

sp.Lo

Minimum Manual

Power

SP.hi

Maximum Manual

Power

o.sp

Manual Power *

C.ЛЏ

Control Mode * otpt sEt

Output Menu

1

otpt

Output (1 to 12)

fn

Function

fi


sz

Output Source Zone

o.Ct

Time Base Type

o.tp

Fixed Time Base

o.Lo

Low Power Scale

o.hi

High Power Scale otpt Output (1 to 3, 7 to

9) process

o.ty

Output Type

fn

Function

fi


sz.a

Source Zone A

s.Lo

Scale Low

s.hi

Scale High

r.Lo

Range Low

r.hi

Range High

o.Ca

Calibration Offset aLЛЏ sEt

Alarm Menu

1

aLЛЏ

Alarm (1 to 24)

a.ty

Type sr.a

Alarm Source

is.a

Alarm Source In- stance

sz.a

Alarm Source Zone

Loop

Control Loop a.hy

Hysteresis

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


a.Lg

Logic

a.sd

Sides a.Lo

Low Set Point *

a.hi

High Set Point *

a.La

Latching

a.bL

Blocking

a.si

Silencing

a.dsp

Display

a.dL

Delay Time a.CLr

Clear Alarm * a.sir

Silence Alarm * a.st

Alarm State *

Lnr sEt


1

Lnr

Linearization (1 to 16)

fn

Function

sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

sz.a

Source Zone A

Unit

Units ip.1

Input Point 1 op.1

Output Point 1 ip.2

Input Point 2 op.2

Output Point 2 ip.3

Input Point 3 op.3

Output Point 3 ip.4

Input Point 4 op.4

Output Point 4 ip.5

Input Point 5 op.5

Output Point 5 ip.6

Input Point 6 op.6

Output Point 6 ip.7

Input Point 7 op.7

Output Point 7 ip.8

Input Point 8 op.8

Output Point 8 ip.q

Input Point 9 op.q

Output Point 9 ip.10

Input Point 10 op.10

Output Point 10

CpE sEt

Compare Menu

1

CpE

Compare (1 to 24)

fn

Function

toL

Tolerance

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Er.h

Error Handling tЛЏr sEt

Timer Menu

1

tЛЏr

Timer (1 to 24)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

sas.a

Run Active Level

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

sas.b

Reset Active Level

ti

Time

LEv

Transmitter Active

Level

Ctr sEt

Counter Menu

1

Ctr

Counter (1 to 24)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

sas.a

Count Active Level

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

sas.b

Reset Active Level

Load

Load Value

trgt

Target Value

Lat

Latching

LgC sEt

Logic Menu

1

LgC

Logic (1 to 24)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

• 67 •

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Sfn.C

Source Function C

Si.C

Source Instance C

Sz.C

Source Zone C

Sfn.d

Source Function D

Si.d

Source Instance D

Sz.d

Source Zone D

Sfn.E

Source Function E

Si.E

Source Instance E

Sz.E

Source Zone E

Sfn.f

Source Function F

Si.f

Source Instance F

Sz.f

Source Zone F

Sfn.g

Source Function G

Si.g

Source Instance G

Sz.g

Source Zone G

Sfn.h

Source Function H

Si.h

Source Instance H

Sz.H

Source Zone H

Er.h

Error Handling

ЛЏat sEt

Math Menu

1

ЛЏat

Math (1 to 24)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Sfn.C

Source Function C

Si.C

Source Instance C

Sz.C

Source Zone C

Sfn.d

Source Function D

Si.d

Source Instance D

Sz.d

Source Zone D

Sfn.E

Source Function E

Si.E

Source Instance E

Sz.E

Source Zone E s.Lo

Scale Low

S.hi

Scale High

Unit

Units r.Lo

Range Low

r.hi

Range High p.unt

Pressure Units a.unt

Altitude Units

Chapter 4 Setup Page

fiL

Filter var sEt

Variable Menu

1

var

Variable (1 to 24) typE

Data Type

Unit

Units

dig

Digital anLg

Analog gLbL sEt

Global Menu

gLbL

Global

C_f

Display Units

aC.Lf

AC Line Frequency

ЛЏaK

Maximum

ЛЏin

Minimum d.prs

Display Pairs

Usr.s

Save Settings As

Usr.r

Restore Settings

From

COЛЏ sEt

Communications Menu

COЛЏ

Communications

baUd

Baud Rate

par

Parity

ЛЏ.hL

Modbus Word Order

C_f

Display Units nu.s

Non-volatile Save

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RM High Density Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

Ai sEt


sEn

SEn


16)

Sensor Type

Set the analog sensor type to match the device wired to this input.

off tC

ЛЏu

Thermocouple (95)

Off (62)

Millivolts (56) voLt Volts dc (104)

ЛЏa

Milliamps dc (112) r0.1H

RTD 100 Ω (113)

Note:

There is no open sensor protection for process inputs. r1.0H

RTD 1,000 Ω (114) pot Potentiometer 1 kΩ

(155) thEr Thermistor (229)

Lin

Lin


16)

TC Linearization

Set the linearization to match the thermocouple wired to this input.

b

B (11)

C

C (15) d

D (23)

E

E (26) f

F (30)

J

J (46)

H

K (48) n

N (58) r

R (80) s

S (84) t

T (93)

Unit

Unit


16)

Units

Set the type of units the sensor will measure.

s.Lo

S.Lo


16)

Scale Low

Set the low scale for process inputs.

This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamps, will correspond to the

Range Low output of this function block.

a.tp

Absolute Temperature

(1540) rh Relative Humidity (1538) pro Process (75)

PФІr Power (73)

-100.0 to 1,000.0

Thermocouple or

Thermistor

388

[offset

90]

J

Process 462

[offset

90]

0.0

390

[offset

90]

408

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

5

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

6

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x2A

(42)

3

4

5

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0xF (15)

6



4005 uint

RWES

4006 uint

RWES

4042 uint

RWES

4015 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



s.hi

S.hi

r.Lo

r.Lo

r.hi

r.hi

p.EE

P.EE

p.EL

P.EL

t.C

t.C

Range


16)

Scale High

Set the high scale for process inputs.

This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamperes, will correspond to the

Range High output of this function block.


16)

Range Low

Set the low range for this function block's output.


16)

Range High

Set the high range for this function block's output.


16)

Process Error Enable

Turn the Process

Error Low feature on or off.

-100.0 to 1,000.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

off

Off (62)

LoФІ

Low (53)


16)

Process Error Low

Value

If the process value drops below this value, it will trigger an input error.

-100.0 to 1,000.0


16)

Thermistor Curve

Select a curve to apply to the thermistor input.

a b

Curve A (1451)

Curve B (1452)

C Curve C (1453)

CUst Custom (180)

Default

20.0

0.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

410

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x10

(16)

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

4016 float

RWES

412

[offset

90]

9,999 414

[offset

90]

Off

0.0

438

[offset

90]

440

[offset

90]

Curve A 454

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x11

(17)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x12

(18)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x1E

(30)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x1F

(31)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x26

(38)

8

9

10

11

4017 float

RWES

4018 float

RWES

4030 uint

RWES

4031 float

RWES

- - - - 4038 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

r.r

r.r

Co.a

Co.A

Co.b

Co.b

Co.C

Co.C


16)

Resistance Range

Set the maximum resistance of the thermistor input.


16)

Custom Coefficient

A

Enter custom

Thermistor coefficients.


16)


B

Enter custom



16)


C

Enter custom


5 5K (1448)

10 10K (1360)

20 20K (1361)

40 40K (1449)

-3.4e38 to 3.4e38

-3.4e38 to 3.4e38

-3.4e38 to 3.4e38

fiL

FiL


16)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the process signal to both the display and the input. Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Note:

Filter does not apply to the Limit sensor but does apply to all other functions.

Default

40K

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

452

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x25

(37)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 4037 uint

RWES

0

0

0

0.5

- - - -

- - - -

- - - - - - - 4040 float

RWES

- - - -

- - - - - - - 4041 float

RWES

406

[offset

90]

- - - - - - - 4039 float

RWES

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0xE (14)

12



4014 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



i.Er

i.Er

Range


16)

Input Error Latching

Turn input error latching on or off.

If latching is on, errors must be manually cleared.

off Off (62) on On (63)

Default

Off

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

434

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x1C

(28)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 4028 uint

RWES

dEC

dEC

i.Ca

i.CA

ain

Ain


16)

Display Precision

Set the precision of the displayed value.

0 Whole (105)

0.0

Tenths (94)

0.00

Hundredths (40)

0.000

Thousandths (96)

Whole 418

[offset

90]


16)

Calibration Offset *

Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.


16)

Analog Input Value

*

View the process value.

Note:

Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error

(61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol.

If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

0.0

402

[offset

90]

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - 380

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0x14

(20)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

1

- - - - 4020

- - - - 4012

0



4001 uint

RWES float

RWES float

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



i.Er

i.Er


16)

Input Error *

View the cause of the most recent error.

Range

nonE None (61)

OpEn Open (65) shrt Shorted (127)

E.ЛЏ Measurement Error (140)

E.CaL

Bad Calibration Data

(139)

Er.ab

Ambient Error (9)

E.rtd

RTD Error (141) faiL Fail (32)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

- - - 382

[offset

90]

0x68

(104)

1 to 16

2

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

4002 uint

R

Pu sEt


fn

Fn


16)

Function

Set the function that will be applied to the source or sources.

off s.ba

avg

C.o

Off (62)

Sensor Backup (1201)

Average (1367)

Crossover (1368)

ФІ.b

Wet Bulb Dry Bulb

(1369) s.o

Switch Over (1370) diff Differential (1373) rati Ratio (1374) add Add (1375)

ЛЏUL Multiply (1376) a.dif

Absolute Difference

(1377)

ЛЏin Minimum (1378)

ЛЏaH Maximum (1379) root Square Root (1380) vsLa Vaisala RH Compensation (1648) aLt Pressure to Altitude

(1649)

sfn.a

SFn.A


16)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) var Variable (245)

Off

Analog

Input

8260

[offset

70]

8220

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x15

(21)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

1

98 26021 uint

RWES

- - - - 26001 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

si.a

Si.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

sfn.C

SFn.C

si.C

Si.C

sz.C

SZ.C


16)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.


16)

Source Function B



16)

Source Instance B


1 to 250


16)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

Process Value (1 to

16)

Source Function C



16)

Source Instance C


1 to 250 nonE ai Analog Input, (142)


ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) var Variable (245) nonE ai

Lnr

ЛЏat pu

None (61)

None (61)

Analog Input (142)

Linearization (238)

Math (240)

Process Value (241) var Variable (245)

1 to 250


16)

Source Zone C


0 to 24

1

1

0

1

0

Default

None

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

8230

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 26006 uint

RWES

8222

[offset

70]

8232

[offset

70]

8242

[offset

70]

8224

[offset

70]

8234

[offset

70]

8244

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

2

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

7

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0xC(12)

- - - - 26012 uint

RWES

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

3

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

8

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x0D

(13)

- - - - 26002 uint

RWES

- - - - 26007 uint

RWES

- - - - 26003 uint

RWES

- - - - 26008 uint

RWES

- - - - 26013 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.d

SFn.d

si.d

Si.d

sz.E

SZ.E

sfn.E

SFn.E


16)

Source Function D



16)

Source Instance D


nonE None (61) ai Analog Input, (142)



1 to 250


16)

Source Zone D


0 to 24


16)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used by this source to trigger a switch between

Source A and

Source B.

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H

(250) fUn Function Key (1001)

LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

8226

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 26004 uint

RWES

1

0

None

8236

[offset

70]

8246

[offset

60]

8228

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

9

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x0E

(14)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

5

- - - - 26009 uint

RWES

- - - - 26014 uint

RWES

- - - - 26005 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



si.E

Si.E

sz.E

SZ.E

C.p

C.P

C.b

C.b

p.unt

P.unt

Range Default


16)

Source Instance E


1 to 250


16)

Source Zone E


0 to 24


16)

Cross Over Point

When the value of source A is <= cross over point - crossover band divided by 2 then the output value will use source A.

-1999.000 to 9999.000

1

0

100.0

8266

[offset

70]


16)

Cross Over Band

The source will transition between Source A and Source B when within this band at a progressive rate

-1999.000 to 9999.000

10.0

Process Value (1 -

16)

Pressure Units

If Process Value function is set for

Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.

psi Pounds per Square Inch

(1671) pasc Pascal (1674) atЛЏ Atmosphere (1675)

ЛЏbr Millibar (1672) torr Torr (1673)

PSI

8248

[offset

70]

8268

[offset

70]

8274

[offset

70]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

8238

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 26010 uint

RWES

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0xF (15)

- - - - 26015 uint

RWES

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x18

(24)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x19

(25)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x1C

(28)

26024 float

RWES

26025 float

RWES

- - - - 26028 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


a.unt

A.unt

b.pr

b.Pr

fiL

FiL


Range


16)

Altitude Units


Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.

Hft Kilofeet (1677) ft Feet (1676)


16)

Barometric Pressure


Wet Bulb / Dry

Bulb, define pressure value used for humidity calculation.

10.0 to 16.0


16)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Default

HFt

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

8276

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x1D

(29)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 26029 uint

RWES

14.7

0.0

8278

[offset

70]

8270

[offset

70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x1E

(30)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 16

0x1A

(26)

- - - - 26030 float

RWES

- - - - 26026 float

RWES dio sEt

Digital Input/Output Menu

dir

dir

Digital Input/Output

(1 to 12)

Direction

Set this function to operate as an input or output.

Otpt in

Output (68)

Input Voltage (193) iCon Input Dry Contact (44)

Output 1820

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

1

72



6001 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



fn

Fn

Range


12)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

off Off (62) ai Analog Input (142) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160)

CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239)


ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sof.1

Special Function Output 1 (1532) sof.2



Special Function Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245) h..Er

Heater Error (184)

Default

Off

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

1828

[offset

30]

0x 6A

(106)

1 to 12

5

73

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

6005 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

fi

Fi

sz

SZ


12)

Output Function

Instance


1 to 250


12)

Output Source Zone


0 to 24

o.Ct

o.Ct


12)

Time Base Type

Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.

ftb

Fixed Time Base (34) vtb

Variable Time Base

(103)

o.tb

o.tb


12)

Fixed Time Base

Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.

0.1 to 60.0 seconds

o.Lo

o.Lo


12)

Low Power Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

0.0 to 100.0

1

0

Default

Fixed

Time

Base

1.0

0.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

1830

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

6

74

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

6006 uint

RWES

1842

[offset

30]

1822

[offset

30]

1824

[offset

30]

1836

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

0xC (12)

- - - - 6012 uint

RWES

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

2

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

3

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

9

75

76

77



6002 uint

RWES

6003 float

RWES

6009 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


o.hi

o.hi



12)

High Power Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

0.0 to 100.0

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

100.0

1838

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

A (10)

78

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

6010 float

RWES aCt sEt

Action Menu

fn

Fn

fi

Fi

Action (1 to 24)

Action Function

Set the action that will be triggered by this function.

nonE None (61)

Usr.r

User Set Restore

(227) aLЛЏ Alarm (6) siL Silence Alarms (108) aof Control Loops Off and

Alarms to Non-alarm State

(220) f.aL

Force Alarm to Occur

(218) idLE Idle Set Point (107) tUnE Tune (98)

ЛЏan Manual (54) off Switch Control Loop

Off (90) r.En

Remote Set Point

(216) t.da

TRU-TUNE+

®

Disable

(219)

Action (1 to 24)

Function Instance


0 to 25

None

0

2184

[offset

20]

2186

[offset

20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

3

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

4

113 10003 uint

RWES

114 10004 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

LEv

LEv

Action (1 to 24)


Set the event or function that will trigger the action.


CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245) h..Er

Heater Error (184)

Action (1 to 24)



Action (1 to 24)

Active Level

Set the action that will be considered a true state.

1 to 250

Action (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24

LoФІ high

Low (53)

High (37)

Default

None

1

0

High

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

2190

[offset

20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 10006 uint

RWES

2182

[offset

20]

2192

[offset

20]

2180

[offset

20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

2

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

7

0x6E

(110)

1 to 24

1

- - - - 10002 uint

RWES

- - - - 10007 uint

RWES

137 10001 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

Loop sEt


sfn.a

SFn.A


16)



nonE None (61) ai Analog Input, (142)



Analog

Input

4156

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x1D

(29)

- - - - 8050 RWE

is.a

iS.A

h.ag

h.Ag

C.ag

C.Ag


16)


Source Instance A follows the Control

Loop and is not changeable


16)

Heat Algorithm

Set the heat control method.

1 to 250 off pid

Off (62)

PID (71) on.of

On-Off (64)


16)

Cool Algorithm

Set the cool control method.

off Off (62) pid PID (71) on.of

On-Off (64)

- - - -

- - - -

PID

Off

4104

[offset

70]

4106

[offset

70]

- - - - - - - - 8021 R

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

3

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

4

62

63

8003 uint

RWES

8004 uint

RWES

C.Cr

C.Cr

h.pb

h.Pb


16)

Cool Output Curve

Select a cool output curve to change the responsiveness of the system.


16)

Heat Proportional

Band *

Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.

off

Cr.a

Cr.b

Off (62)

Non-linear Curve 1 (214)

Non-linear Curve 2 (215)

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

Off

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

4108

[offset

70]

4110

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

5

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

6

- - - - 8038

55



8009 uint

RWES float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



h.hy

h.hy

C.pb

C.Pb

C.hy

C.hy

ti

ti

td

td


16)

On / Off Heat Hysteresis *



16)

Cool Proportional

Band *

Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.


16)

On / Off Cool Hysteresis *



16)

Time Integral *

Set the PID integral for the outputs.


16)

Time Derivative *

Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat

Range

0 to 9,999 seconds

Default

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

180 seconds per repeat

0 seconds

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

4120

[offset

70]

4112

[offset

70]

4122

[offset

70]

4114

[offset

70]

4116

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xB

(11)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

7

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xC

(12)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

8

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

9

Profibus

Index

56

57

58

59

60



Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

8010 float

RWES

8012 float

RWES

8013 float

RWES

8006

8007 float

RWES float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

db

db

t.tUn

t.tUn

t.bnd

t.bnd

t.gn

t.gn


16)

Dead Band *

Set the offset to the proportional band. With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.

A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.


16)

TRU-TUNE+

®

Enable

Enable or disable the TRU-TUNE+

® adaptive tuning feature.

-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units

-556 to 556°C no No (59) yEs Yes (106)


16)

TRU-TUNE+ ® Band

Set the range, centered on the set point, within which

TRU-TUNE+

®

will be in effect. Use this function only if the controller is unable to adaptive tune automatically.

0 to 100


16)

TRU-TUNE+ ® Gain

Select the responsiveness of the TRU-TUNE+ ® adaptive tuning calculations. More responsiveness may increase overshoot.

1 to 6

Default

0.0

No

0

3

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

4118

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0xA

(10)

61

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

8008 float

RWES

4130

[offset

70]

4132

[offset

70]

4134

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

10 (16)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x11

(17)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x12

(18)

- - - - 8022 uint

RWES

- - - - 8034 uint

RWES

- - - - 8035 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

a.tsp

A.tSP

t.agr

t.Agr

p.dL

P.dL

r.En

r.En

sfn.b

SFn.b


16)


*

Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.


16)

Autotune Aggressiveness

Select the aggressiveness of the autotuning calculations.

50.0 to 200.0%

Undr Under damped (99)

Crit Critical damped (21) ovEr Over damped (69)

0.0 to 5.0 seconds


16)

Peltier Delay

Set a value that will cause a delay when switching from heat PID mode to cool PID mode.


16)


Set whether this loop will use a remote set point.


16)


Set the function that will provide the remote set point.

no No (59) yEs Yes (106) nonE ai

CUrr

C.pr

h.pr

pФІr

None (61)

Analog Input (142)

Current (22)

Cool Power (161)

Heat Power (160)

Power (73)


ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sp.C

Set Point Closed (242) sp.o

Set Point Open (243) var Variable (245)

Default

90.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

4138

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x14

(20)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 8025 float

RWES

Critical 4136

[offset

70]

0.0

No

None

4154

[offset

70]

5260

[offset

80]

5264

[offset

80]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x13

(19)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x1C

(28)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x15

(21)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x17

(23)

- - - - 8024 uint

RWES

- - - - 8051 float

RWES

38

- - - - 7023 uint

RWES



7021 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

r.ty

r.ty

Ufa

UFA

faiL

FAiL


16)



1 to 250


16)

Source Zone B


0 to 24


16)


Set what type of set point will be used.


16)

Auto-to-Manual

Select what the controller outputs will do when the user switches control to manual mode.

aUto

ЛЏan off

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

Off, sets output power to 0% (62) bpLs Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)

ЛЏan Fixed Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)

UsEr User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)

1

0

Auto

User


16)

Input Error Power

Select what the controller outputs will do when an input error switches control to manual mode.

off Off, sets output power to 0% (62) bpLs Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)

ЛЏan Manual Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)

UsEr User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)

User

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

5266

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x18

(24)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 7024 uint

RWES

5270

[offset

80]

5262

[offset

80]

5242

[offset

80]

5244

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x1A

(26)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x16

(22)

- - - - 7026 uint

RWES

- - - - 7022 uint

RWES

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

- - - - 7012 uint

RWES

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0xD (13)

- - - - 7013 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

ЛЏan

MAn

L.dE

L.dE

L.dt

L.dt


16)

Fixed Power

Set the manual output power level that will take effect if an input error failure occurs while User Failure

Action is set to

Fixed Power.

Set Point Open Loop Limit

Low to Set Point Open Loop

Limit High (Setup Page)


16)

Open Loop Detect

Enable

Select Yes to detect conditions that prevent the process from changing in specified time frame by a specified amount when

PID power is at

100%. An open loop detect error will disable the control loop.

no No (59) yEs Yes (106)


16)


Time

Process must deviate by the Open

Loop. Detect Deviation value in this specified time while at 100% PID to prevent an open loop error.

0 to 3,600 seconds

Default

0.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

5240

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0xB (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 7011 float

RWES

No

240

4142

[offset

70]

4144

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x16

(22)

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x17

(23)

64

65



8039 uint

RWES

8040 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



L.dd

L.dd

rp

rP

r.sC

r.SC

r.rt

r.rt

Range Default


16)


Deviation

Process must deviate by this value in the Open Loop

Detect Time while at 100% PID power to prevent an open loop error.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

Off


16)

Ramp Action

Select when the controller's set point will ramp to the defined end set point.

off Off (62) str Startup (88) stpt Set Point Change (85) both Both (13)


16)

Ramp Scale

Select the scale of the ramp rate.

hoUr

ЛЏin

Hours (39)

Minutes (57)

5246

[offset

80]

Minutes 5248

[offset

80]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

4146

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

0x18

(24)

66

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

8041 float

RWES

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0xE (14)

- - - - 7014 uint

RWES

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0xF (15)

- - - - 7015 uint

RWES


16)

Ramp Rate

Set the rate for the set point ramp. Set the time units for the rate with the

Ramp Scale parameter.

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

1.0°F or units

1.0°C

5252

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

0x11

(17)

- - - - 7017 float

RWES

L.sp

L.SP


16)

Minimum Set Point

Set the minimum value of the closed loop set point range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999°F or units

-1,128°C

5224

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

3

52 7003 float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

h.sp

h.SP

C.sp

C.SP

id.s

id.S

sp.Lo

SP.Lo


16)

Maximum Set Point

Set the maximum value of the closed loop set point range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

9,999°F or units

5,537°C


16)

Set Point *

Set the set point that the controller will automatically control to.


16)

Idle Set Point *

Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state.


16)

Minimum Manual

Power

Set the minimum value of the openloop set point range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-100.0 to 100.0%

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

-100

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

5266

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

4

53

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

7004 float

RWES

5220

[offset

80]

5236

[offset

80]

5228

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

1

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

9

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

5

49

50

52

7001 float

RWES

7009 float

RWES

7005 float

RWES

sp.hi

SP.hi

o.sp

o.SP


16)

Maximum Manual

Power

Set the maximum value of the openloop set point range.


16)

Manual Power *

Set a fixed level of output power when in manual

(open-loop) mode.

-100.0 to 100.0%

-100.0 to 100.0% (heat and cool) 0 to 100.0% (heat only)

-100.0 to 0% (cool only)

100

0.0

5230

[offset

80]

5222

[offset

80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

6

0x6B

(107)

1 to 16

2

55

51



7006 float

RWES

7002 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



C.ЛЏ

C.M


16)

Control Mode *

Select the method that this loop will use to control.

off

Range

Off (62) aUto

ЛЏan

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

Default

Auto

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

4100

[offset

70]

0x97

(151)

1 to 16

1

Profibus

Index

63



Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

8001 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

otpt sEt

Output Menu

fn

Fn

Output Digital (1 to

12)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

off Off (62) ai Analog Input (142) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

C.pr


Heat Power (160)

CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239)


ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sof.1




Special Function Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245) h..Er

Heater Error (184) off 1828

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

5

73 6005 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



fi

Fi

Cz.a

SZ.A

o.Ct

o.Ct

o.tb

o.tb

o.Lo

o.Lo

Range Default


12)

Output Function

Instance


Output Digital (1 to 12)

Output Source Zone


1 to 250

0 to 24


12)

Time Base Type

Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.

ftb

Fixed Time Base (34) vtb Variable Time Base

(103)

1

0

Fixed

Time

Base

1842

[offset

30]

1822

[offset

30]


12)

Fixed Time Base

Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.

0.1 to 60.0 seconds (solidstate relay or switched dc)

5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechanical relay or NO-ARC power control)

1.0 sec.

[SSR & sw dc]

20.0 sec.

[mech, relay,

NO-ARC]

1824

[offset

30]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

1830

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

6

74

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

6006 uint

RWES

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

0xC (12)

- - - - 6012 uint

RWES

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

2

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

3

75

76

6002 uint

RWES

6003 float

RWES


12)

Low Power Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

0.0 to 100.0% 0.0% 1836

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

9

77 6009 float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



o.hi

o.hi

o.ty

o.ty

fn

Fn

Range


12)

High Power Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

0.0 to 100.0%

Output Process (1 to

3, 7 to 9)

Type *

Select whether the process output will operate in volts or milliamps.

voLt Volts (104)

ЛЏa Milliamps (112)


3, 7 to 9)

Function

Set the type of function that will drive this output.

off

Off (62) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr


Heat Power (160) pФІr Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu

Process Value (241) sp.C


Set Point Open (243) sof.1




Special Function Output 4 (1535) var

Variable (245)

ФІat

Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance (1183)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

100.0% 1838

[offset

30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 12

0xA (10)

78

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

6010 float

RWES

Volts

Off

16540

[offset

60]

16542

[offset

60]

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

1

- - - - 18001 uint

RWES

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

2

- - - - 18002 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



fi

Fi

zs.a

ZS.A

s.Lo

S.Lo

S.hi

S.hi

r.Lo

r.Lo

Range Default


3, 7 to 9)

Output Function Instance *


1 to 250


3, 7 to 9)

Source Zone A *


0 to 24


3, 7 to 9)

Scale Low *

Set the scale low for process output in electrical units.

This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to 0%

PID power output or the range low value.

-100.0 to 100.0


3, 7 to 9)

Scale High *

Set the scale high for process output in electrical units.

This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to 0%

PID power output or the range high value.

-100.0 to 100.0

1

0

0.00

10.00

16576

[offset

60]

16556

[offset

60]

16558

[offset

60]


3, 7 to 9)

Range Low *

Use to set the minimum value in process units. This will correspond with the Scale Low value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18°C

16560

[offset

60]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

16546

[offset

60]

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 18004 uint

RWES

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

0x13

(19)

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

9

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

0xA (10)

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

0xB (11)

- - - - 18019

99 18009

- - - - 18010

- - - - 18011 uint

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


r.hi

r.hi

o.Ca

o.CA


Range Default


3, 7 to 9)

Range High *

Use to set the maximum value in process units. This will correspond with the Scale High value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

100 F or units

38 C


3, 7 to 9)

Calibration Offset *

Set an offset value for a process output.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

0.0°F or units

0.0°C

16552

[offset

60]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

16562

[offset

60]

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 18012 float

RWES

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9

7

- - - - 18007 float

RWES aLЛЏ sEt

Alarm Menu

a.ty

A.ty

Alarm (1 to 24)

Type

Select whether the alarm trigger is a fixed value or will track the set point.

off Off (62) pr.aL

Process Alarm (76) dE.aL

Deviation Alarm (24)

sr.a

Sr.A

Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm Source

Select what will trigger this alarm.

is.a

iS.A

Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm Source Instance


Off nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22) pФІr Power (73)



Cu.r

Current Read is Sample

Hold (179)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


Analog

Input

1 or 250 1

2688

[offset

60]

2692

[offset

60]

2694

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0xF (15)

20

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x11

(17)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x12

(18)

21

22



9015 uint

RWES

9017 uint

RWES

9018 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sz.a

SZ.A

Loop

Loop

a.hy

A.hy

a.Lg

A.Lg

Range Default

Alarm (1 to 24)

Alarm Source Zone


0 or 24

Alarm (1 to 24)

Control Loop

Select the loop when deviation alarm is selected above.

Alarm (1 to 24)

Logic

Select what the output condition will be during the alarm state.

1 to 250

Alarm (1 to 24)

Hysteresis

Set the hysteresis for an alarm. This determines how far into the safe region the process value needs to move before the alarm can be cleared.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C aL.C

AL.o

Close On Alarm (17)

Open On Alarm (66)

0

1

1.0°F or units

1.0°C

2664

[offset

60]

Close On

Alarm

2668

[offset

60]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

2708

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x19

(25)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 9025 uint

RWES

2704

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x17

(23)

23 9023 uint

RWES

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

3

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

5

24

25

9003 float

RWES

9005 uint

RWES

a.sd

A.Sd

Alarm (1 to 24)

Sides

Select which side or sides will trigger this alarm.

both Both (13) high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53)

Both 2666

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

4

26 9004 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



a.Lo

A.Lo

a.hi

A.hi

Range

Alarm (1 to 24)

Low Set Point *

If Alarm Type (Setup Page, Alarm

Menu) is set to:

Process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

Deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 24)

High Set Point

If Alarm Type (Setup Page, Alarm

Menu) is set to:

Process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

Deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Default

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

300.0°F or units

150.0°C

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

2662

[offset

60]

2660

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

2

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

18

19



Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

9002 float

RWES

9001 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

a.La

A.LA

a.bL

A.bL

a.si

A.Si

a.dsp

A.dSP

Alarm (1 to 24)

Latching

Turn alarm latching on or off. A latched alarm has to be turned off by the user.

nLat Non-Latching (60)

Lat Latching (49)

Alarm (1 to 24)

Blocking

Select when an alarm will be blocked. After startup and/or after the set point changes, the alarm will be blocked until the process value enters the normal range.

off Off (62) str Startup (88) stpt Set Point (85) both Both (13)

Alarm (1 to 24)

Silencing

Turn alarm silencing on to allow the user to disable this alarm.

Alarm (1 to 24)

Display

Display an alarm message when an alarm is active.

off

Off (62) on On (63) off Off (62) on On (63)

Default

Non-

Latching

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

2672

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

7

27

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

9007 uint

RWES

Off

Off

2674

[offset

60]

2670

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

8

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

6

28

29

9008 uint

RWES

9006 uint

RWES

On 2690

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x10

(16)

30 9016 uint

RWES

a.dL

A.dL

a.CLr

A.CLr

Alarm (1 to 24)

Delay Time

Set the span of time that the alarm will be delayed after the process value exceeds the alarm set point.

0 to 9,999 seconds

Alarm (1 to 24)

Clear Alarm


Clear (129)

Ignore (204)

0

Ignore

2700

[offset

60]

2684

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x15

(21)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x0D

(13)

31

32



9021 uint

RWES

9026 uint

W

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



a.sir

A.Sir

a.st

A.St

Alarm (1 to 24)

Silence Alarm


Alarm (1 to 24)

State

Current state of alarm

Range

Ignore (204)

Silence (108) str Startup (88) nonE None (61) bLo Blocked (12) aL.L

Alarm low (8) aL.h

Alarm high (7) aL.E

Error (28)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Ignore 2686

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

0x0E

(14)

- - - 2676

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 24

9

Profibus

Index

33

Parameter

ID

9027

Data

Type and

Access

**

uint

W

- - - - 9009 uint

R

Lnr sEt


Fn

Fn

sfn.a

SFn.A


16)

Function

Set how this function will linearize

Source A.


16)



si.a

Si.A

off Off (62) intr

Interpolated (1482) stpd Stepped (1483) nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22)

C.pr







1 or 250

Off

None

14388

[offset

70]

14380

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

5

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

1

120 34005 uint

RWES

- - - - 34001 uint

RWES


16)



1 14382

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

2

- - - - 34002



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

sz.a

SZ.A

Unit

Unit


16)

Source Zone A


0 or 16


16)

Units

Set the units of the output value.

src Source (1539) nonE None (61) a.tp


(1540) r.tp

Relative Temperature

(1541) pФІr Power (73) pro Process (75) rh Relative Humidity (1538)

ip.1

ip.1

op.1

op.1

ip.2

ip.2

op.2

op.2


16)

Input Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to output 1.


16)

Output Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to input 1.


16)

Input Point 2



16)

Output Point 2


ip.3

ip.3


16)

Input Point 3


-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

0

Source 14436

[offset

70]

0.0

0.0

1.0

1.0

2.0

14394

[offset

70]

14414

[offset

70]

14396

[offset

70]

14416

[offset

70]

14398

[offset

70]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

14384

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 34003 uint

RWES

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x1D

(29)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

8

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x12

(18)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

9

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x13

(19)

121 34029 uint

RWES

122 34008 float

RWES

123 34018 float

RWES

124 34009 float

RWES

125 34019 float

RWES

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0xA (10)

126 34010 float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



op.3

op.3

ip.4

ip.4

op.4

op.4

ip.5

ip.5

op.5

op.5

ip.6

ip.6

op.6

op.6


16)

Output Point 3



16)

Input Point 4



16)

Output Point 4



16)

Input Point 5



16)

Output Point 5



16)

Input Point 6



16)

Output Point 6


Range

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Default

2.0

3.0

3.0

4.0

4.0

5.0

5.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

14418

[offset

70]

14400

[offset

70]

14420

[offset

70]

14402

[offset

70]

14422

[offset

70]

14404

[offset

70]

14424

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x14

(20)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0xB (11)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x15

(21)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x16

(22)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0xD (13)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x17

(23)

Profibus

Index

127

128

129

130

131

132

133



Parameter

ID

34020

34011

34021

34012

34022

34013

34023

Data

Type and

Access

**

float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



ip.7

ip.7

op.7

op.7

ip.8

ip.8

op.8

op.8

ip.q

ip.9

op.q

op.9

ip.10

ip.10


16)

Input Point 7



16)

Output Point 7



16)

Input Point 8



16)

Output Point 8



16)

Input Point 9



16)

Output Point 9



16)

Input Point 10


Range

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Default

6.0

6.0

7.0

7.0

8.0

8.0

9.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

14406

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

E (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

134 34014 float

RWES

14426

[offset

70]

14408

[offset

70]

14428

[offset

70]

14410

[offset

70]

14430

[offset

70]

14412

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x18

(24)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0xF (15)

136 34015 float

RWES

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x19

(25)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x10

(16)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x1A

(26)

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x11

(17)

135 34024 float

RWES

137 34025 float

RWES

138 34016 float

RWES

139 34026 float

RWES

140 34017 float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


op.10

op.10


16)

Output Point 10



Range

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Default

9.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

14432

[offset

70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 16

0x1B

(27)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

141 34027 float

RWES

CpE sEt

Compare Menu

fn

Fn

toL

toL

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

Compare (1 to 24)

Function

Set operator that will be used to compare Source A to Source B.

off Off (62) g.t

Greater Than (1435)

L.t

Less Than (1436)

E Equal To (1437) nE Not Equal To (1438) goE Greater or Equal (1439)

LoE Less or Equal (1440)

Compare (1 to 24)

Tolerance

If the difference between Source A and Source B is less than this value the two will appear to be equal.

0 to 9,999.000

Compare (1 to 24)



nonE ai

CUrr

C.pr

h.pr

pФІr

None (61)

Analog Input (142)

Current (22)

Cool Power (161)

Heat Power (160)

Power (73)





Compare (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Off

0.1

None

1

11276

[offset

40]

11280

[offset

40]

11260

[offset

40]

11264

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

9

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

172 28011 float

RWES

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

1

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

3

171 28009 uint

RWES

- - - - 28001 uint

RWES

- - - - 28003 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sz.a

SZ.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

Compare (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24

Compare (1 to 24)


Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer reset signal.


CUrr Current (22)

C.pr








Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


Compare (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Compare (1 to 24)

Source Zone B


0 to 24

0

None

1

0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

11268

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 28005 uint

RWES

11262

[offset

40]

11266

[offset

40]

11270

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

2

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

4

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

6

- - - - 28002 uint

RWES

- - - - 28004 uint

RWES

- - - - 28006 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Er.h

Er.h


Range

Compare (1 to 24)

Error Handling

Use Error Handling to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

t.g

True Good (1476) t.b

f.g

True Bad (1477)

False Good (1478) f.b

False Bad (1479)

Default

False

Bad

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

11282

[offset

40]

0x80

(128)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 28012 uint

RWES tЛЏr sEt

Timer Menu

fn

Fn

Timer (1 to 24)

Function

Set how the timer will function.

off Off (62) on.p

On Pulse (1471) dEL Delay (1472) o.s

One Shot (1473) rEt Retentive (1474)

Off 13196

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

9

165 31009 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

Timer (1 to 24)


Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer run signal.


CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239) sof.1




Special Function Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244) h..Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Timer (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Timer (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

13180

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 31001 uint

RWES

1

0

13184

[offset

50]

13188

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

3

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

5

- - - - 31003 uint

RWES

- - - - 31005 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sas.a

SAS.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

Timer (1 to 24)

Run Active Level

Set what state will be read as on.

Timer (1 to 24)


Set the type of function that will be used to reset a retentive timer.

high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53) nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H








1 to 250

Timer (1 to 24)



Default

High

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

13200

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 31011 uint

RWES

13182

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

2

- - - - 31002 uint

RWES

1 13186

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

4

- - - - 31004 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


sz.b

SZ.b

sas.b

SAS.b

ti

ti

LEv

LEv


Range

Timer (1 to 24)

Source Zone B


0 to 24

Timer (1 to 24)

Reset Active Level

Set what state will be read as on.

high

LoФІ

High (37)

Low (53)

Timer (1 to 24)

Time

Set the time span that will be measured in tenths of a second.

0 to 9,999.000

Timer (1 to 24)

Transmitter Active

Level

Set which output state will indicate on.

high

LoФІ

High (37)

Low (53)

0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

13190

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 31006 uint

RWES

High

0.1

High

13202

[offset

50]

13204

[offset

50]

13206

[offset

50]

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

- - - - 31012 uint

RWES

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0xD (13)

224 31013 float

RWES

0x83

(131)

1 to 24

0xE (14)

- - - - 31014 uint

RWES

Ctr sEt

Counter Menu

fn

Fn

Counter (1 to 24)

Function

Set whether the counter increments or decrements the count value. Decrementing 0 returns

9,999. Incrementing 9,999 returns 0.

Up

Up (1456) dn Down (1457)

Up 12236

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

9

- - - - 30009 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

sas.a

SAS.A

Counter (1 to 24)


Set the type of function that will be used for the counter clock signal.


CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) h..Er


Counter (1 to 24)



Counter (1 to 24)

Count Active Level

Set what output state will indicate on.

1 to 250

Counter (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24 high

LoФІ both

High (37)

Low (53)

Both (130)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

12220

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 30001 uint

RWES

1

0

High

12224

[offset

40]

12228

[offset

40]

12240

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

3

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

5

- - - - 30003 uint

RWES

- - - - 30005 uint

RWES

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

- - - - 30011 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

sas.b

SAS.b

Load

LoAd

Range

Counter (1 to 24)


Set the type of function that will be used for the counter load signal.


CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) h..Er


Counter (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Counter (1 to 24)

Source Zone B


0 to 24

Counter (1 to 24)

Reset Active Level

Set what output state will indicate on.

Counter (1 to 24)

Load Value

Set the counter's initial value.

high

LoФІ both

High (37)

Low (53)

Both (130)

0 to 9,999

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

12222

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 30002 uint

RWES

1

0

High

0

12226

[offset

40]

12230

[offset

40]

12242

[offset

40]

12244

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

4

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

6

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0x0C

(12)

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

(13)

- - - - 30004 uint

RWES

- - - - 30006 uint

RWES

- - - - 30012

157



30013 uint

RWES uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


trgt

trgt

Lat

LAt


Range

Counter (1 to 24)

Target Value

Set the value that will turn the output value on.

0 to 9,999

Counter (1 to 24)

Latching

Output latched.

no No (59) yEs Yes (106)

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9,999 12246

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0xE (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

158 30014 uint

RWES

No 12252

[offset

40]

0x82

(130)

1 to 24

0x11

(17)

160 30017 uint

RWES

LgC sEt

Logic Menu

fn

Fn

Logic (1 to 24)

Function

Set the operator that will be used to compare the sources.

off Off (62) and And (1426) nand Nand (1427) or Or (1442) nor Nor (1443)

E Equal To (1437) nE Not Equal To (1438)

Lat Latch (1444) rs.ff

RS Flip-Flop (1693)

Off 9404

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x21

(33)

177 27033 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

Range

Logic (1 to 24)



Logic (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24 nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







Default

None

1

0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9340

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27001 uint

RWES

9356

[offset

80]

9372

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

9

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x11

(17)

- - - - 27009 uint

RWES

- - - - 27017



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

Range

Logic (1 to 24)



Logic (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above


CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9342

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27002 uint

RWES

9358

[offset

80]

9374

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0xA (10)

- - - - 27010 uint

RWES

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x12

(18)

- - - - 27018



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.C

SFn.C

si.C

Si.C

sz.C

SZ.C

Range

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Function C


Logic (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone C



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9344

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27003 uint

RWES

9360

[offset

80]

9376

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

- - - - 27011 uint

RWES

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x13

(19)

- - - - 27019



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.d

SFn.d

si.d

Si.d

sz.d

SZ.d

Range

Logic (1 to 24)



Logic (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone D



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9346

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27004 uint

RWES

9362

[offset

80]

9378

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

- - - - 27012 uint

RWES

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x14

(20)

- - - - 27020



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.E

SFn.E

si.E

Si.E

sz.E

SZ.E

Range

Logic (1 to 24)



Logic (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone E



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







Default

None

1

0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9348

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27005 uint

RWES

9364

[offset

80]

9380

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

D (13)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x15

(21)

- - - - 27013 uint

RWES

- - - - 27021



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.f

SFn.F

si.f

Si.F

s2.f

SZ.F

Range

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Function F


Logic (1 to 24)

Source Instance F


1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone F



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9350

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27006 uint

RWES

9366

[offset

80]

9382

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0xE (14)

- - - - 27014 uint

RWES

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x16

(22)

- - - - 27022



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.g

SFn.g

si.g

Si.g

sz.g

SZ.g

Range

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Function G


Logic (1 to 24)

Source Instance G


1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone G



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9352

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27007 uint

RWES

9368

[offset

80]

9384

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0xF (15)

- - - - 27015 uint

RWES

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x17

(23)

- - - - 27023



RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



sfn.h

SFn.h

si.h

Si.h

sz.h

SZ.h

Range

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Function H


Logic (1 to 24)

Source Instance H


1 to 250

Logic (1 to 24)

Source Zone H



CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LiЛЏ Limit (126)







Default

None

1

0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9354

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

8

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27008 uint

RWES

9370

[offset

80]

9386

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x10

(16)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x18

(24)

- - - - 27016

- - - - 27024



RWES uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Er.h

Er.h


Range

Logic (1 to 24)

Error Handling

Use to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

t.g

True Good (1476) t.b

True Bad (1477) f.g

False Good (1478) f.b

False Bad (1479)

Default

False

Bad

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

9408

[offset

80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 24

0x23

(35)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 27035 uint

RWES

ЛЏat sEt

Math Menu

fn

Fn

Math (1 to 24)

Function

Set the operator that will be applied to the sources.

off Off (62) avg Average (1367) p.sC

Process Scale (1371) d.sC

Deviation Scale (1372) so Switch Over (1370) diff Differential (1373) rati Ratio (1374) add Add (1375)

ЛЏUL Multiply (1376) a,dif Absolute Difference

(1377)

ЛЏin Minimum (1378)

ЛЏaH Maximum (1379) root Square Root (1380) hold Sample and Hold

(1381) aLt Pressure to Altitude

(1649) dEФІ Dew Point (1650)

Off 6580

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x15

(21)

103 25021 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

Math (1 to 24)



Math (1 to 24)




Range


CUrr Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h,pr Heat Power (160) pФІr Power (73)






Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


1 to 250

None

1

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6540

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 25001 uint

RWES

6550

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

6

- - - - 25006 uint

RWES

sz.a

SZ.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

Math (1 to 24)

Source Zone A


0 to 24

Math (1 to 24)




CUrr Current (22)

C.pr







Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


0

None

6560

[offset

70]

6542

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

- - - - 25011 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

2

- - - - 25002 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


si.b

Si.b

Math (1 to 24)




1 to 250

Range

1

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6552

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 25007 uint

RWES

sz.b

SZ.b

sfn.C

SFn.C

si.C

Si.C

sz.C

SZ.C

Math (1 to 24)

Source Zone B


0 to 24

Math (1 to 24)

Source Function C


nonE

None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h,pr


Lnr

Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu

Process Value (241) sp.C




Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


Math (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Math (1 to 24)

Source Zone C


0 to 24

0

None

1

0

6562

[offset

70]

6544

[offset

70]

6554

[offset

70]

6564

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

- - - - 25012 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

3

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

8

- - - - 25003 uint

RWES

- - - - 25008 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xD (13)

- - - - 25013 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.d

SFn.d

si.d

Si.d

sz.d

SZ.d

Math (1 to 24)



Math (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Math (1 to 24)

Source Zone D


0 to 24 nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22)

C.pr







Ld.Uo

Load Voltage (1698)

Ld.r


None

1

0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6546

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 25004 uint

RWES

6556

[offset

70]

6566

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

9

- - - - 25009 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xE (14)

- - - - 25014 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

sfn.E

SFn.E

si.E

Si.E

sz.E

SZ.E

s.Lo

S.Lo

Math (1 to 24)




CpE Compare (230)


Ent.a

Profile Event Out A

(233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out B

(234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out C

(235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out D

(236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out E

(247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out F

(248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out G

(249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out H


LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245)

Math (1 to 24)



1 to 250

Math (1 to 24)

Source Zone E


0 to 24

Math (1 to 24)

Scale Low

If Math function is set to Process

Scale, this will scale Source A low value to Range Low setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

None

1

0

Default

0.0

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6548

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 25005 uint

RWES

6558

[offset

70]

6568

[offset

70]

6586

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xA (10)

- - - - 25010 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0xF (15)

- - - - 25015 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x18

(24)

104 25024 float

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

s.hi

S.hi

Unit

Unit

Math (1 to 24)

Scale High


Scale, this will scale Source A high value to Range High setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Math (1 to 24)

Units

Set units for

Source.

src Source (1539) nonE None (61) a.tp


(1540) r.tp


(1541) pФІr Power (73) pro Process (75) rh Relative Humidity (1538)

r.Lo

r.Lo

r.hi

r.hi

p.unt

P.unt

Math (1 to 24)

Range Low


Scale, this will output Source A Scale

Low value to Range

Low setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Math (1 to 24)

Range High


Scale, this will output Source A Scale

High value to Range

High setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Math (1 to 24)

Pressure Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to

Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

psi Pressure Units (1671) pasc Pascal (1674) atЛЏ Atmosphere (1675)

ЛЏbr mbar (1672) torr Torr (1673)

1.0

Source 6602

[offset

70]

0.0

1.0

6590

[offset

70]

6592

[offset

70]

Pressure

Units

6598

[offset

70]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6588

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x19

(25)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

105 25025 float

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x20

(32)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1A

(26)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1B

(27)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1E

(30)

- - - - 25032 uint

RWES

106 25026 float

RWES

107 25027 float

RWES

- - - - 25030 uint

RWES



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


a.unt

A.unt

fiL

FiL


Range

Math (1 to 24)

Altitude Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to

Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

Math (1 to 24)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.

Hft ft

Kilofeet (1671)

Feet (1674)

0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Kilofeet 6600

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1F

(31)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 25031 uint

RWES

0.0

6594

[offset

70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 24

0x1C

(28)

- - - - 25028 float

RWES var sEt

Variable Menu

typE

tyPE

Unit

Unit

Variable (1 to 24)

Data Type

Set the variable's data type.


Units

Set the variable's units.

AnLg Analog (1215) dig Digital (1220) a.tp


(1540) r.tp


(1541) pФІr Power (73) pro Process (75) rh Relative Humidity (1538) nonE None (61)

Analog 16060

[offset

20]

Absolute

Temperature

16072

[offset

20]

0x66

(102)

1 to 24

1

0x66

(102)

1 to 24

7

152 2001 uint

RWES

- - - - 2007 uint

RWES

dig

dig

anLg

AnLg


Digital

Set the variable's value.


Analog

Set the variable's value.

No Display


Output Value

off on

Off (62)

On (63)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Off (62)

On (63)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Off

0.0

16062

[offset

20]

16064

[offset

20]

- - - - 16066

[offset

20]

0x66

(102)

1 to 24

2

0x66

(102)

1 to 24

3

0x66

(102)

1 to 24

4

153

212

2002

2003

- - - - 2004



RWES float

RWES float

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

gLbL sEt

Global Menu

C_f

C_F

Global

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature.

F °F (30)

C °C (15)

aC.Lf

AC.LF

ЛЏAx

MAX

ЛЏin

Min

Global

AC Line Frequency

Set the frequency to the applied ac line power source.

50

60

50 Hz (3)

60 Hz (4)

Global

Maximum Display

Value

Allows ranges to be opened up to display full values. Prior to firmware revision

9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Typically used with external display devices/software like HMIs and

SpecView.

Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to

3.4E+38]

Unsigned integer [0 to

65,535]

Global

Minimum Display

Value

Allows ranges to be opened up to display full values. Prior to firmware revision

9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Typically used with external display devices/software like HMIs and

SpecView.

Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to

3.4E+38]

Unsigned integer [0 to

65,535]

°F 368

60 Hz

9999.0

- - - -

- - - -

0x67

(103)

1

0x2D

(45)

0x65

(101)

1

0x22

(34)

-1,999.0

- - - -

0x67

(103)

1

5

0x67

(103)

1

0x2C

(44)

85 3005 uint

RWES

- - - - 1034 uint

RWES

- - - - 3045 float

RW

- - - - 3044 float

RW



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


dprs

dPrS


Global

Display Pairs

Defines the number of Display Pairs.

1 to 25

Range

1

Default

None

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

- - - -

26

0x67

(103)

1

0x1C

(28)

0x65

(101)

1

0x0E

(14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 3028 uint

RWES

93 1014 uint

RWE

Usr.s

USr.S

Usr.r

USr.r

Global

Save Settings As

Save all of this controller's settings to the selected set that have a

Data Type of RWES

Global

Restore Settings

From

Replace all of this controller's settings with another set.

sEt1 User Set 1 (101) nonE None (61) nonE None (61) sEt1 User Set 1 (101) fCty Factory (31)

par

PAr

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

CoЛЏ sEt

Communications Menu

baUd

bAUd

Communications

Baud Rate

Set the speed of this controller's communications to match the speed of the serial network.

9600 9,600 (188)

19.2 19,200 (189)

38.4 38,400 (190)

Communications

Parity

Set the parity of this controller to match the parity of the serial network.

nonE None (61)

EvEn Even (191) odd Odd (192)

Note:

This applies if 13th digit in part number is equal to one.

None

9,600 6504

None

24

6506

0x65

(101)

1

0xD

(13)

0x96

(150)

1

3

0x96

(150)

1

4

92 1013 uint

RWE

- - - - 17002 uint

RWE

- - - - 17003 uint

RWE



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Range

ЛЏ.hL

M.hL

C_f

C_F

nU.S

nV.S

Communications

Modbus Word Order

Select the word order of the two

16-bit words in the floating-point values.

Communications

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature passed when using Modbus.

hiLo

Lohi f

C

Word High Low (1330)

Word Low High (1331)

°F (30)

°C (15)

Communications (1)

Non-volatile Save

If set to Yes all values written to the control will be saved in EEPROM.

Note:

Any value that is changed from the

RUI or over a communications port will initiate a write to the EEPROM.

Life of EEPROM is approximately one million writes.

yEs

Yes (106) no No (59)

Default

Low

High

°F

Yes

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP -

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

6508 0x96

(150)

1

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - 17043 uint

RWE

6510

6514

0x96

(150)

1

6

0x96

(150)

1

8

- - - - 17050 uint

RWE

198 17051 uint

RWE



Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


5

Chapter 5: Factory Pages

RMH Module - Factory Page Parameters

To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance

‰

and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.



‰



‰

to enter.





Note:


Note:


CUst fCty

Custom Setup Menu

1

CUst

Custom Setup (1 to

50) par

Parameter iid

Instance ID

LoC fCty

Security Setting Menu

LoC

Security Setting

LoC.o

Operations Page

pas.E

Password

rLoC

Read Lock

sLoC

Write Security

LoC.L

Locked Access Lev- el

roLL

Rolling Password

pas.u

User Password

pas.a

Administrator Pass- word

ULoC fCty

Security Setting Menu

LoC

Security Setting

CodE

Public Key pass

Password diag fCty

Diagnostics Menu

diag

Diagnostics

pn

Part Number

rEv

Software Revision

s.bLd

Software Build

Number

sn

Serial Number

datE

Date of Manufac - ture

CaL fCty

Calibration Menu

1

aCt

Calibration (1 to 16)

ЛЏu

Electrical Measure- ment

ELi.o

Electrical Input

Offset

ELi.s

Electrical Input

Slope

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 130 • Chapter 5 Factory Page

RM High Density Module • Factory Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

CUst

FCty

Custom Setup Menu

par

Par

Custom Menu

Parameter 1 to 20

Select the parameters that will appear in the

Home Page.

The Parameter 1 value will appear in the upper display of the Home Page. It cannot be changed with the Up and Down Keys in the Home

Page.

The Parameter 2 value will appear in the lower display in the Home Page. It can be changed with the Up and Down Keys, if the parameter is a writable one.

Scroll through the other

Home Page parameters with the Advance Key

‰

.

nonE None pro Process i.Ca

Input Calibration Offset

C_f Display Units

Usr.r

Restore Settings From

A.Lo

Low Set Point

A.hi

High Set Point

A.hy

Hysteresis stpt Set Point

AC.Pu

Active Process

Value

AC.SP

Active Set

Point op Open Loop Set

Point aUt Autotune

C.ЛЏ User Control

Mode h.pr

Heat Power

C.pr

Cool Power ti Time Integral td Time Derivative db Dead Band h.pb

Heat Proportional Band h.hy

On / Off Heat

Hysteresis

C.Pb

Cool Proportional Band

C.hy

On / Off Cool

Hysteresis r.rt

Ramp Rate t.tun

TRU-TUNE+ ®

Enable idLE Idle Set Point

CUst Custom Menu

- - - - - - - - - -


Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 14005 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Display

Parameter Name

Description


Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

- - - - - - - - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 14003 uint

RWES

iid

iid

Custom Setup (1 to 20)

Instance ID

Select the instance of the parameter selected above to be displayed.

1 to 24

LoC

FCty

Lock Security Setting Menu

LoC.o

LoC.o

pas.E

PAS.E

rLoC

rLoC

Lock Security Setting

Operations Page

Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the Operations Page.


Password Enable

Turn Password Enable ON if a Password access feature is desired. This is in addition to Read Lock or

Write Security..


Read Lock

Set the read security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

Applies regardless of Password Enable setting. Set the Read Lock clearance level. The user can have read access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the Write Security level is higher than the

Read Lock, the Read Lock level takes priority.

1 to 3 off Off on On

1 to 5

2

Off

5

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - unit

RWE

- - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - uint

RWE


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Display

Parameter Name

Description


Range Default

5

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

- - - - - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - - - uint

RWE

sLoC

SLoC


Write Security

Set the write security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

0 to 5

LoC.L

LoC.L

rooL

roLL

Applies regardless of Password Enable setting. Set the Write Security clearance level. The user can have write access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the Write Security level is higher than the Read Lock, the Read

Lock level takes priority.


Locked Access Level

Determines user level menu visibility when

Password is enabled. See

Features section under

Password Security. This setting is in addition to

Read Lock and Write

Security. Consider using only Locked Access Level and Set Read Lock and

Write Security to 5.


Rolling Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. When power is cycled a new Public

Key will be displayed.

1 to 5 off Off on On

Pas.u

PAS.u


User Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change Locked Access

Level, Read Lock or Write

Security.

10 to 999


5

Off

63

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - -

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Display

Parameter Name

Description


Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

156 - - - - - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - - - - - - - -

pas.a

PAS.A


Administrator Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change Locked Access

Level, Read Lock, Write

Security and the ability to change the Passwords.

Security Setting

Locked State

Current level of security

10 to 999

No

Display

Lock (228)

User (1684)

Admin (1685)

ULoC

FCty

Unlock Security Setting Menu

CodE

CodE

Unlock Security Setting

Public Key

If Rolling Password is turned ON, generates a random number when power is cycled. If Rolling

Password is OFF, a fixed number will be displayed.

The Public Key is only required if the assigned

Password is unknown.

Provide the key to the

OEM or technical support to gain access.

Customer Specific

pass

PASS

Unlock Security Setting

Password

Applies if Password Enable is set to ON. Enter the 4-digit assigned password. If unknown, contact your supervisor, the

OEM or technical support to gain access.

-1999 to 9999


0

0

- - - - - - - - - - - - 3023 uint

R

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Display

Parameter Name

Description


Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

diag

FCty

Diagnostics Menu

pn

Pn

rEv

rEv

s,bld

S.bLd

sn

Sn

datE

dAtE

Diagnostics Menu

Part Number

Display this controller's part number.

Diagnostics Menu

Software Revision

Display this controller's firmware revision number.

Diagnostics Menu

Software Build Number

Display the firmware build number.

Diagnostics Menu

Serial Number

Display the serial number.

Diagnostics Menu

Date of Manufacture

Display the date code.

No Display

No Display

Diagnostics Menu

Hardware ID

Read the hardware ID.

Diagnostics Menu

Device Name

Read the device name.

24

5

0 to 2,147,483,647 - - - - 8

0 to 2,147,483,647 - - - - 12

0 to 2,147,483,647 - - - - 14

113

EZ-ZONE RM

No Display

Diagnostics Menu

Device Status

Return hardware status

Fail means return to factory.

OK (138)

Fail (32)


- - - - - - - 0x65

(101)

1

9

- - - - 4 0x65

(101)

1 to 5

0x11 (17)

90

91

113 0

- - - - - - -

- - - 30

1

8

0x65

(101)

1

1

0x65

(101)

0x65

(101)

1 to 5

5

1

7

0x65

(101)

0x65

(101)

1

0x0B

(11)

0x65

(101)

1

0x10

(16)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

1009 int

RWE

1017 int

R

- - - 1005 float

R

- - - 1032 float

RWE

- - - 1008 float

RWE

- - - 1001 signed

32-bit

R

- - - 1011 string

R

- - - 1016 uint

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Display

Parameter Name

Description


Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex

(dec)

CaL

FCty

Calibration Menu

ЛЏu

Mv

Calibration Menu (1 to 16)

Electrical Measurement

Read the raw electrical value for this input in the units corresponding to the Sensor Type (Setup

Page, Analog Input Menu) setting.

-3.4e38 to 3.4e38

ELi.o

ELi.o

ELi.s

ELi.S


Electrical Input Offset

Change this value to calibrate the low end of the input range.


Electrical Input Slope

Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the input value.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

ELo.o

ELo.o

ELo.s

ELo.S

Calibration Menu (1 to 3 and 7 to 9)

Electrical Output Offset

Change this value to calibrate the low end of the output range.

Calibration Menu (1 to 3 and 7 to 9)

Electrical Output Slope

Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the output value.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000


0.0

1.0

0.0

1.0

420

[offset

90]

398

[offset

90]

400

[offset

90]

16548

[offset

600]

16550

[offset

90]

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

0x68

(104)

1 to 12

0x15 (21)

- - - 4021 float

R

0x68

(104)

1 to 12

0xA (10)

0x68

(104)

1 to 12

0xB (11)

0x76

(118)

1 to 4

5

0x76

(118)

1 to 4

6

- - - 4010 float

RWES

- - - 4011 float

RWES

- - - 18005 float

RWES

- - - 18006 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


6

Chapter 6: Features

Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Autotune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Manual Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+

® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Calibration Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sensor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sensor Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Set Point Low Limit and High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Range High and Range Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Auto and Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Proportional (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Proportional and Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Single Set Point Ramping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Process and Deviation Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Alarm Set Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 137 • Chapter 6 Features

6

Chapter 6: Features

Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Action Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Analog Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Control Loop Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Global Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Math Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Modbus ® Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Process Value Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI

Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important. If you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into the controller to return the equipment to operational condition.

After you program the controller and verify proper operation, use Save Settings As memory.

Usr.s

(Setup Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of

Note:

Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved values, use Restore Settings From

Usr.r

(Setup Page, Global Menu) to recall the previously saved settings. A digital input or the Function Key via the Action Block can also be configured to restore parameters.

CAUTION:

If an Action is programmed for User Set Restore, the operator may select Factory Restore and the Digital Input or Function Key may no longer be programmed for User Setting Restore.

Note:

Restoring to factory defaults will overwrite the entirety of the module memory; this would include any customized assemblies used with any of the available communications protocols.

Note:

Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings.

Tuning the PID Parameters

Autotune

When an autotune is performed on the RMH module, the Set Point is used to calculate the tuning set point. For example, if the active set point is 200° and autotune Set Point a.tsp

(Operations Page, Loop Menu) is set to 90 percent, the autotune function utilizes 180° for tuning. Changing the set point after an autotune has been started has no affect on the current tuning process. Set point changes can occur while the control is auto tuning. When the autotune is initially started it will use the current set point and will disregard all set point changes until the tuning process is complete. Once complete, the controller will then use the new set point. This is why it is a good idea to enter the active set point before initiating an autotune.

Auto tuning calculates the optimum heating and/or cooling PID parameter settings based on the systems response. Autotuning can be enabled whether or not TRU-TUNE+

®

is enabled. The

PID settings generated by the autotune will be used until the autotune feature is rerun, the

PID values are manually adjusted or TRU-TUNE+ is enabled.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


To initiate an autotune follow the steps below:

1. Using an RUI, from the Home Page, push the up or down keys to enter the desired Set

Point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.

Autotune begins

Process Set Point

Autotune complete

2. Navigate to the Operations Page, Loop Menu

(push and hold the up and down arrow for approximately 3 seconds) and select the

Autotune Set Point a.tsp

. The Autotune Set

Point is expressed as a percent of the Closed

Loop Set Point.


(90 percent of Process Set Point)

3. Set Autotune Request

AUt

to yEs

. If the autotune cannot be completed in 60 minutes, the autotune will time-out and the original settings will take effect.

Once started, the lower RUI display will flash be-

Time

tween ( tUn1 to tU16 ) and the set point while the autotuning is underway. The temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five times to complete the autotuning process. Once complete, the controller controls at the normal set point, using the new parameters.

If you need to adjust the tuning procedures aggressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness

(Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped tagr

Undr to bring the process value to the set point quickly. Select over damped mal overshoot. Select critical damped shoot.

ovEr to bring the process value to the set point with mini-

Crit to balance a rapid response with minimal over-

Manual Tuning

In some applications, the autotune process may not provide PID parameters for the process characteristics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to tune the controller manually.

To tune the controller manually follow these steps:

1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set point typically used in your process.

2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set Heat Proportional Band h.pb

and/or Cool

Proportional Band C.pb

to 5. Set Time Integral ti to 0. Set Time Derivative td to 0.

3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat

Proportional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3 to 5° increments until it stabilizes, allowing time for the system to settle between adjustments.

4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat Power h.pb

or Cool Power C.pb

(Operations Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At this point, the process temperature should also be stable, but it will have stabilized before reaching the set point. The difference between the set point and actual process value can be eliminated with Integral.

5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow 10 minutes for the process temperature to reach the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by half and wait another 10 minutes.

Continue reducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until the process value equals the set point. If the process becomes unstable, the Integral value is too small. Increase the value until the process stabilizes.

6. Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s approach to the set point. If the process value overshoots the set point, increase

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Derivative to 0.2. Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch the approach to the new set point. If you increase Derivative too much, the approach to the set point will be very sluggish. Repeat as necessary until the system rises to the new set point without overshoot or sluggishness.

For additional information about autotune and PID control, see related features in this chapter.

Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+

®

The TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm will optimize the controller's PID values to improve control of dynamic processes. TRU-TUNE+ monitors the Process Value and adjusts the control parameters automatically to keep your process at set point during set point and load changes.

When the controller is in the adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate output signal and, over time, adjusts control parameters to optimize responsiveness and stability. The

TRU-TUNE+ feature does not function for on-off control.

The preferred and quickest method for tuning a loop is to establish initial control settings and continue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings.

Setting a controller's control mode to tune starts this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning in this chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, rough settings for the PID parameters.

Then the loop automatically switches to the adaptive mode which fine tunes the PID parameters.

Once the Process Value has been at set point for a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a fast process to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no further tuning of the PID parameters is desired or needed, TRU-TUNE+ may be turned off. However, keeping the controller in the adaptive mode allows it to automatically adjust to load changes and compensate for differing control characteristics at various set points for processes that are not entirely linear.

Once the PID parameters have been set by the TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm, the process, if shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the adaptive control mode.

Turn TRU-TUNE+ on or off with TRU-TUNE+ Enable t.tUn

(Setup Page, Loop Menu).

Use TRU-TUNE+ Band t.bnd

(Setup Page, Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the set point in which adaptive tuning will be active. Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely event that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set point with TRU-TUNE+ Band set to auto (0).

This may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set TRU-TUNE+ Band to a large value, such as 100.

Use TRU-TUNE+ Gain t.g

(Setup Page, Loop Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adaptive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1, with the most aggressive response and most potential overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least aggressive response and least potential for overshoot (lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended for loops with thermocouple feedback and moderate response and overshoot potential.

To initiate an autotune using TRU-TUNE+ follow the steps below:

1. Enter the desired set point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.

4. Enable TRU-TUNE+.

5. Initiate an autotune. (See Autotune above)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters should provide good control. As long as the loop is in the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ continuously tunes to provide the best possible PID control for the process.

WARNING!

ç

During autotuning, the controller sets the output to 100 percent and attempts to drive the Process Value toward the set point. Enter a set point and heat and cool power limits that are within the safe operating limits of your system.

Inputs

Calibration Offset

Calibration offset allows a device to compensate for an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or other factors that affect the input value. A positive offset increases the input value, and a negative offset decreases the input value.

The input offset value can be viewed or changed with Calibration Offset

Page, Analog Input Menu).

i .Ca

(Operations

Calibration

Before performing any calibration procedure, verify that the displayed readings are not within published specifications by inputting a known value from a precision source to the analog input. Next, subtract the displayed value with the known value and compare this difference to the published accuracy range specification for that type of input.

Use of the Calibration Offset put Menu ai i .Ca

parameter found in the Operations Page o pEr

, Analog In-

shifts the readings across the entire displayed range by the offset value. Use this parameter to compensate for sensor error or sensor placement error. Typically this value is set to zero.

Temperature Reading from Sensor

Negative Calibration Offset will compensate for the difference between the Sensor Reading and the Actual Temperature

Actual Process Temperature

Time

Equipment required while performing calibration:

Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts, milliamperes or resistance depending on the sensor type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect the precision source to the controller’s input. Keep leads between the precision source and controller as short as possible to minimize error. In addition, a precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to 4 decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter to the precision source to verify accuracy.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the recommended values, but it IS critical that the actual value of the signal connected to the controller be accurately known to at least four digits.

Note:

If using Composer software, all steps to perform calibration are contained with dialog boxes once initiated. Those steps can also be found below if done manually.

Calibration of Analog Inputs:

To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide a source of two electrical signals or resistance values near the extremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize. See recommended values below:

Sensor Type Low Source High Source

thermocouple 0.000 mV millivolts 0.000 mV

50.000 mV

50.000 mV volts milliamps

100 Ω RTD

0.000V

0.000 mA

50.00 Ω

1,000 Ω RTD 500.00 Ω

Thermistor 5K 50.00 Ω




10.000V

20.000 mA

350.00 Ω

3,500.00 Ω

5000.00 Ω

10000.00 Ω

20000.00 Ω

40000.00 Ω

Note:

The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the calibrator interferences with open thermocouple detection, set Sensor Type millivolt

ЛЏ u

instead of Thermocouple sEn

tC

in Setup Page sEt

, Analog Input Menu ai

to avoid interference between the calibrator

to and open thermocouple detect circuit for the duration of the calibration process. Be sure to set sensor type back to the thermocouple type utilized.

1. Disconnect the sensor from the controller.

2. Record the Calibration Offset

Input Menu i .Ca

parameter value in the Operations Page o pEr

, Analog ai

then set value to zero.

3. Wire the precision source to the appropriate controller input terminals to be calibrated.

Do not have any other wires connected to the input terminals. Please refer to the Install and Wiring section of this manual for the appropriate connections.

4. Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed to the appropriate Sensor Type be utilized in the Setup Page sEt

, Analog Input Menu ai

.

sEn

to

5. Enter Factory Page ware.

fCty

, Calibration Menu

CaL

via RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator Soft-

6. Select the Calibration input to be calibrated.

CaL

input instance to be calibrated. This corresponds to the analog

7. Set Electrical Input Slope

ELi .s

to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset will cancel any prior user calibration values)

ELi . o

to 0.000 (this

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


8. Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Electrical Measurement value

ЛЏ u

of controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to as Electrical Measured Low. Record low value ______________

9. Input a Precision Source High value.

10. Read Electrical Measurement value

ЛЏ u

of controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to as Electrical Measured High. Record high value ______________

11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured

High – Electrical Measured Low) Calculated Slope value ___________

12. Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision Low – (Electrical Input Slope * Measured Low)

Calculated Offset value ___________

13. Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope ELi .s

and Electrical Input Offset

ELi . o

into the controller.

14. Exit calibration menu.

15. Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibrator to the analog input.

16. Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if required to compensate for sensor error.

Setting Electrical Input Slope

ELi .s

to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset

ELi . o

to 0.000, restores factory calibration as shipped from factory.

Filter Time Constant

Filtering smooths an input signal by applying a first-order filter time constant to the signal.

Filtering the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Filtering the signal may improve the performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system.

Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time fiL

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example:

With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and remained at 100, the display will indicate 100 after five time constants of the filter value or 2.5 seconds.

Unfiltered Input Signal

Filtered Input Signal

Time

Time

Sensor Selection

You need to configure the controller to match the input device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or process transmitter. Select the sensor type with Sensor Type sEn

(Setup Page,

Analog Input Menu).

Sensor Backup

The Process Value function can be set for sensor backup which would maintain closed-loop control after an input failure by switching the control input to another input sensor of choice.

Turn sensor backup on or off via the Setup Page, Process Value Menu. Source Function A must select a backup sensor from the same module (zone) where Source Function B through D can select a sensor as the backup from another zone (module).

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Set Point Low Limit and High Limit

The controller constrains the set point to a value between a minimum and maximum. Set the set point limits with Minimum

L.sp

and Maximum h.sp


As shown to the right, there are two sets of set points, minimum and maximum (closedloop set point) and minimum and maximum

(open-loop set point, manual power).

High Limit of selected functional range

Range High Range (between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low)

Maximum

Scale High and Scale Low

Set Point Range (must be between Range High and Range Low)

Minimum

When an analog input is selected as process voltage or process current input, you must choose the value of voltage or current to be the low and high ends. For example, when us-

Range Low Range (between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High)

Low Limit of selected functional range

Range Low and Range High

ing a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value would be 20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and

0 to 10V.

You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications. You can reverse scales from high values to low values for analog input signals that have a reversed action. For example, if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal.

Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range.

These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not measurable by the controller. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware.

Select the low and high values with Scale Low s.Lo

and Scale High s.hi

. Select the displayed range with Range Low r.Lo

and Range High r.hi

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).

Range High and Range Low

With a process input, you must choose a value to represent the low and high ends of the current or voltage range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s display to be scaled into the actual working units of measurement. For example, the analog input from a humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 percent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20 mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent 20 mA. The indication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from 0 to

100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA. Select the low and high values with Range Low and Range High r.hi

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).

r.Lo

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Linearization

The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog input.

There are 10 data points used to compensate for differences between the sensor value read

(input point) and the desired value (output point). Multiple data points enable compensation for non-linear differences between the sensor readings and target process values over the thermal or process system operating range. Sensor reading differences can be caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an inaccurate sensor or lead resistance.

Reading from Sensor without Linearization

(Actual Value)

Input Point 1

2

3

4

5 6

7

8

9

Offset Zone

Input Point 10

Output Point 10

Reading from Sensor with Linearization

(Displayed Value)

The user specifies the unit of measurement and then each data point by entering an input

Output Point 1

Time

No Offset

point value and a corresponding output point value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linerization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.

Outputs

Duplex

Certain systems require that a single process output control both heating and cooling outputs.

An EZ-ZONE® RMH controller with a process output can function as two separate outputs.

With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will operate from 12 to 20mA (0 to +100 percent) and the cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA (0 to -100 percent). In some cases this type of output is required by the device that the EZ-ZONE RMH controls, such as a three-way valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal and opens the other way with a 4 to 12mA signal. This feature reduces the overall system cost by using a single output to act as two outputs.

Outputs 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 (depending on ordering options) can be ordered as process outputs.

Select Power set the Type

Scale Low

PФІ r

o . ty

S.Lo

as the Output Function

to milliamps

ЛЏA

to 4mA and Scale High

S. hi fn

(Setup Page, Output Menu). For this example,

. Range Low r.Lo

to -100.00, Range High

to 20.00 mA.

r. hi

to +100.00,

Cool Output Curve

A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device is nonlinear. If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a PID calculation yields a lower actual output level than a linear output would provide. These output curves are used in plastics extruder applications: curve 1 for oil-cooled extruders and curve 2 for water-cooled extruders.

100

80

60

Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Output Curve

C.Lr

(Setup Menu, Loop Menu).

40

Linear

Linear

Cur ve 1

20

Cur ve 2

0

PID Calculation

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point

The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time.

Range High

Retransmit

In choosing the type of retransmit signal the operator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to and the required signal type, either voltage or milliamperes.

Typically, applications might use the retransmit option to record one of the variables with a

Range Low

Scale Low

Retransmit Source

Scale High

chart recorder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi-zone application.

Outputs 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 can be ordered as process outputs. Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value.

Note:

The active set point is not retransmitted, only the user requested closed loop set point which may not be the closed loop set point in control. Retransmitting a profiling closed loop set point is not allowed.

Control Methods

Output Configuration

Each controller output can be configured as a heat output, a cool output, an alarm output or deactivated. No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations. The outputs can be configured in any combination. For instance, all three could be set to cool.

Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Operations parameters to determine the output value. All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value. Heat and cool each have their own set of control parameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat control parameters and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters. Each alarm output has its own set of configuration parameters and set points, allowing independent operation.

Auto and Manual Control

The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto mode (closed loop) and manual (open loop) mode. Auto mode allows the controller to decide whether to perform closed-loop control or to follow the settings of Input Error Power faiL

(Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual mode only allows open-loop control. The RMH controller is normally used in the auto mode.

The manual mode is usually only used for specialty applications or for troubleshooting.

Manual mode is open-loop control that allows the user to directly set the power level to the controller’s output load. No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or set point in this mode.

In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to determine if closed-loop control is possible.

The controller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input signal.

If a valid input signal is present, the controller will perform closed-loop control. Closed-loop control uses a process sensor to determine the difference between the process value and the set point. Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce that difference.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


If a valid input signal is not present, the controller will indicate an input error message in the upper display and ting of Input Error Power figure the controller to perform a “bumpless” transfer preset fixed level power off.

a ttn

in the lower display and respond to the failure according to the set-

bpLs

faiL

. You can con-

, switch power to output a

ЛЏ a n

, or turn the output

Set Point

Bumpless Transfer

Actual Temperature

Sensor

Break

Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to transfer to the manual mode using the last

100%

power value calculated in the auto mode if the process had stabilized at a ±5 percent output power level for the time interval of

Time Integral (Operations Page, Loop) prior

40%

0%

to sensor failure, and that power level is less than 75 percent.

Output Power

Time

2 minutes

Locks in

Output

Power

Input Error Latching i .Er

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu) determines the controller’s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller. If latching is on, then the controller will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared. To clear a latched alarm, press the Advance Key

‰

then the Up Key

¿

. If latching is off, the controller will automatically clear the input error and return to reading the temperature. If the controller was in the auto mode when the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop control. If the controller was in manual mode when the error occurred, the controller will remain in open-loop control.

The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when the controller is operating in manual mode.

You can easily switch between modes if the Control Mode pear in the Home Page.

C. ЛЏ

parameter is selected to ap-

To transfer to manual mode from auto mode, press the Advance Key

‰

until the lower display. The upper display will display

¯

keys to select eration.

ЛЏ a n aUto

C. ЛЏ

appears in

for auto mode. Use the Up

¿

or Down

. The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual op-

To transfer to auto mode from manual mode, press the Advance Key

‰

until the lower display. The upper display will display

Down

¯

keys to select automatic operation.

aUto

ЛЏ a n

C. ЛЏ

appears in

for manual mode. Use the Up

¿

or

. The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last

Changes take effect after three seconds or immediately upon pressing either the Advance Key

‰

or the Infinity Key

ˆ

.

On-Off Control

On-off control switches the output either full on or full off, depending on the input, set point and hysteresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must deviate from the set point to turn on the output. Increasing the value decreases the number of times the output will cycle. Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With hysteresis set to 0, the process value would stay closer to the set point, but the output would switch on and off more frequently, and may result in the output “chattering.” On-off control can be selected with Heat Algorithm h . a g

or Cool Algorithm can be set with Heat Hysteresis h . hy

C. a g

(Setup Page, Loop Menu). On-off hysteresis

or Cool Hysteresis

C. hy

(Operations Page, Loop Menu).

Note:

Input Error Power Mode off.

faiL

does not function in on-off control mode. The output goes

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


On/Off System Cycles

The heating action switches off when the process temperature rises above the set point.

On/Off System Cycles

The cooling action switches on at startup.

The cooling action switches on when the process temperature rises above the set point plus the

Set Point

Hysteresis

Process Temperature

Set Point

Hysteresis

Process Temperature

The heating action switches on when the process temperature

The heating action switches on at startup.

drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.

Time

The cooling action switches off when the process temperature drops below the set point.

Time

Proportional (P) Control

Some processes need to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than on-off control can provide. Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band. When the value is in the band, the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to the set point. The closer the process value is to the set point, the lower the output power. This is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign. It keeps the temperature or process value from swinging as widely as it would with simple on-off control.

However, when the system settles down, the temperature or process value tends to “droop” short of the set point.

With proportional control the output power level equals (set point minus process value) divided by the proportional band value.

Proportional Control

In an application with one output assigned to heating and another assigned to cooling, each will have a separate proportional parameter. The heating parameter takes effect when the process

Set Point

Overshoot

Proportional Band

Droop

temperature is lower than the set point, and the cooling parameter takes effect when the process temperature is higher than the set point. Adjust the proportional band with Heat Proportional

Band h . p b

or Cool Proportional Band erations Page, Loop Menu).

C. p b

(Op-

Time

Proportional and Integral (PI) Control

The droop caused by proportional control can be corrected by adding integral (reset) control.

When the system settles down, the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or process value closer to the set point. Integral determines the speed of the correction, but this may increase the overshoot at startup or when the set point is changed. Too much integral action will make the system unstable. Integral is cleared when the process value is outside of the proportional band.

Adjust the integral with Time Integral ti


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control

Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the overshoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative

(rate) adjusts the output based on the rate of change in the temperature or process value.

Too much derivative (rate) will make the system sluggish.

Derivative action is active only when the process value is within twice the proportional value from the set point. Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative

Menu).

td

(Operations Page, Loop

Set Point

PID Control

Reduced Overshoot

Proportional Band

Proportional Band x 2

Heating Slows

Time

Dead Band

In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application’s energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within acceptable ranges.

Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band. Integral action continues to bring the process temperature to the set point.

Using a

positive dead band value keeps the two systems from fighting each other.

Positive Dead Band

Cool Output Active

Set Point

Heat Output Active

Time

When the

dead band value is zero, the heating output activates when the temperature drops

below the set point, and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the set point.

Zero Dead Band

Set Point

Cool Output Active

Heat Output Active

Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


When the

dead band value is a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active

when the temperature is near the set point.

Negative Dead Band

Set Point

Heat Output Active

Cool Output Active

Time

Adjust the dead band with Dead Band d b


Variable Time Base

Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater.

With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%, the output is distributed at a minimum of three ac line cycles. For each grouping of ac line cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI).

Variable time base should be used with solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller. Do not use a variable time base output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.

The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control.

Select the AC Line Frequency aCLf

(Setup Page, Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.

100 percent output

10 ON, 0 OFF


3 ON, 3 OFF


6 ON, 3 OFF

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Single Set Point Ramping

Ramping protects materials and systems that cannot tolerate rapid temperature changes. The value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change.

Select Ramp Action rp

(Setup Page, Loop Menu):

o ff

ramping not active.

str

ramp at startup.

stp t

ramp at a set point change.

b o th

ramp at startup or when the set point changes.

Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale

Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate r. rt


r.sC

.

Heating System without Ramping

Heating System with Ramping

Set Point

Set Point per minute degrees

Temperature reaches Set Point quickly

Time

Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate

Time

Alarms

Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over. Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.

Process and Deviation Alarms

A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition.

A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the control set point. High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values from the control set point. If the set point changes, the window defined by the alarm set points automatically moves with it. Select the Type a.ty

via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Alarm Set Points

The high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm. The low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point. View or change alarm set points with Alarm Low a.Lo

and High Set Points a.hi

(Operations Page, Alarm Menu).

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Hysteresis

An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or low set point.

Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the alarm can be cleared. Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis value to the low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the high set point. View or change Hysteresis a.hy

via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

High Side Alarm Range

High Set Point

Hysteresis

Normal Operating Range

Hysteresis

Low Set Point

Low Side Alarm Range

Time

Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis

Latching

A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user and only when the alarm condition no longer exists.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and lower display. attn in the

To clear a latched alarm:

1. Push the Advance Key

‰

to display the lower display. ignr in the upper display and the message source in

2. Use the Up

¿

or Down

¯

keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear CLr or

Silence SiL .

3. Push the Advance

‰

or Infinity

ˆ

key to execute the action.

Without an RUI, a latched alarm can be reset by cycling power to the module or configuring an Action function within the control to perform a reset. Do this by setting the Action Function to alarm and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A. An alarm that is not latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed. Turn

Latching a.La

on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Alarm Response with Hysteresis

The alarm state begins when the temperature reaches the High Set Point

High Set

Point

Hysteresis

Process

Temperature

Normal Operating Range

The alarm state continues until the temperature drops to the High Set

Point minus the hysteresis. A latching alarm could be turned off by the operator at this point. A non-latching alarm would turn off automatically.

Low Set

Point

Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Silencing

If silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and lower display. attn in the

To silence an alarm:

1. Push the Advance Key

‰

to display

the lower display.

ignr in the upper display and the message source in

2. Use the Up

¿

and Down

¯

keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear

Silence siL .

CLr or

3. Push the Advance

‰

or Infinity

ˆ

key to execute the action.

Without an RUI, silencing aa alarm can be accomplished by configuring an Action function within the control to silence the alarm. Do this by setting the Action Function to Silence and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A. Turn Silencing

Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

a.si

on or off via the

Blocking

Blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With blocking on, an alarm is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the low set point or higher than the high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function.

If the RMH module has an output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked when the set point is changed, until the process value re-enters the normal operating range. Turn Blocking a.bL

on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Note:

If using current as the alarm source, see the application note below under "Current Sensing".

Open Loop Detection

When Open Loop Detection is enabled be at 100%. Once there, the control will then begin to monitor the Open Loop Detect Deviation

L. dd

L. dE

, the controller will look for the power output to

as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect Time

L. d t gered. Once the Open Loop Error condition exists the control mode will go off.

. If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error will be trig-

Note:

All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Using Password Security

It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security when using an RUI with any of the RM modules where a limited number of menus are visible while also not providing access to others without a security password. . Without the appropriate password those menus will remain inaccessible. If Password Enabled set to on, an overriding Password Security will be in effect. When in effect, the only Pages that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the

Read Lockout Security

Level

LoC.L

rLoC set to 1 and p a s .E

in the Factory Page under the

LoC

Menu is

LoC.L

. As an example, with Password Enabled and the Locked Access rLoC would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the User password is en-

is set to 3, the available Pages for a User without a password tered all pages would be accessible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level

3 access.

How to Enable Password Security

Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity ˆ key and the Advance

‰

key for approximately six seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time to get to the

Again push the Advance

‰

key until the Password Enabled p a s .E

LoC

menu.

prompt is visible. Lastly, push either the up or down key to turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear:

1.

2.

3.

4.

LoC.L

roLL

, Locked Access Level (1 to 5) corresponding to the lockout table above.

, Rolling Password will change the Customer Code every time power is cycled.

p a s . u

, User Password which is needed for a User to acquire access to the control.

p a s . a

, Administrator Password which is needed to acquire administrative access to the control.

The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to anyone other than the Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the

User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control. Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity

ˆ

key. Once out of the menu, the Password Security will be enabled.

How to Acquire Access to the Control

To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the

ULoC

menu. Once there follow the steps below:

Note:

If Password Security (Password Enabled pany that originally setup the control.

pas.E

is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below in the first step will not be visible. If unknown, call the individual or com-

1. Acquire either the User Password

p a s . u

or the Administrator Password p a s . a

.

2. Push the Advance

‰

key one time where the Code

Co dE

prompt will be visible.

Note:

a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Advance key one more time where the Password p a ss

prompt will be displayed. Proceed to either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up

¿ or Down

¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Administrator Password. Once entered, push and hold the Infinity

ˆ key for two seconds to return to the Home Page. b. If the Rolling Password roLL

was turned on proceed on through steps 3 - 9.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


3. Assuming the Code

Co dE

prompt (Public Key) is still visible on the face of the control simply push the Advance key

‰

to proceed to the Password your way back to the Factory Page as described above.

p a ss

prompt. If not find

4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b) for either the User or Administrator.

5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper display play by using the Up ¿ and Down

¯ arrow keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator Software.

6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds.

Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:

Passwords equal:

7. User a. If Rolling Password roLL

is Off, Password p a ss

equals User Password p a s . u

.

b. If Rolling Password roLL

is On, Password p a ss

equals: ( p a s . u x code) Mod 929 + 70

8. Administrator a. If Rolling Password p a s . a

.

roLL

is Off, Password p a ss

equals Administrator Password b. If Rolling Password

1000 roLL

is On, Password p a ss

equals: ( p a s . a

x code) Mod 997 +

Differences Between a User Without Password, User With Password and Administrator

LoC.L

.

- A User

with a password is restricted by the Read Lockout Security

cess to the Lock Menu

LoC

. rLoC

never having ac-

- An Administrator is restricted according to the Read Lockout Security rLoC

however, the

Administrator has access to the Lock Menu where the Read Lockout can be changed.

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks

When using the Modbus protocol, the RM features a block of addresses that can be configured by the user to provide direct access to a list of 80 user configured parameters. This allows the user easy access to this customized list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block of registers.

To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual (See Appendix: ( Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks ) please read through the text below which defines the column headers used.

Assembly Definition Addresses

- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter that will be stored in the "Working Addresses", which may also be referred to as a pointer. The value stored in these addresses will reflect (point to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the controller.

Assembly Working Addresses

- Fixed addresses directly related to their associated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (e.g.,

Assembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will assume the parameter pointed to by Assembly

Definition Addresses 40 & 41).

When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an "Assembly Definition Address" its corresponding working address will return that parameter’s actual value. If it’s a writable

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


parameter, writing to its working register will change the parameter’s actual value.

As an example, Modbus register 380 contains the Analog Input 1 Value (See Operations Page,

Analog Input Menu). If the value 380 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 91, the process value sensed by analog input 1 will also be stored in Modbus registers 250 and 251. Note that by default all registers are set to Hardware ID.

The table (See Appendix: Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks

) identified as "Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" reflects the assemblies and their associated addresses.

Software Configuration

To enable a user to configure the RM module using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided two different programs free of charge for your use.

• EZ-ZONE Configurator (text based), originally released with the EZ-ZONE family of con trols.

• Composer (graphic based), released September 2014.

Note:

RM modules must have firmware revision 9.0 and above to be used with Composer software.

Both programs can be acquired directly from the DVD (Controller Support Tools) which shipped with the controller. Insert the DVD into your DVD drive and select and install the preferred software. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet, simply click on the link below and type either Configurator or Composer into the Keyword field and then click Search to download the software free of charge. http://www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software

Installing the Software

To install the software:

1. Double-click the filename " EZCv6.exe.

2. After reading the license agreement click the

I accept the terms in the License Agree-

ment radio button and then click on the Next button to proceed.

3. Once the installation is complete, click the

Finish button.

Starting EZ-ZONE Configurator software:

1. Double-click the EZ-ZONE Configurator icon on the desktop.

Or

2. On the task bar, click

Start and type ez-zone configurator.exe in the search box and then

press

Enter.

3. Once the executable is found double-click the file to run.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


The first screen that will appear is shown below.

If the PC is already physically connected to the RMH module click the next button to go online.

Note:

When establishing communications from PC to the RMH module an interface converter will be required. The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs today would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped with

EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.

As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration off-line to download later. The screen shots that follow will take the user on-line. After clicking the next button above, it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to use.

The available options allow the user to click on a drop down box to select a specific known communications port. Clicking on the Advanced button allows the user to define the number of EZ-ZONE devices to look for on the network. After clicking the Next button above, the software will then begin scanning for devices on the network as the screen shot below displays.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown below.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software

In the screen shot above the RMH is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the module in focus. Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the module of choice simply click the next button once again. The screen below will appear next.

In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page (yellow highlight added for emphasis). When multiple EZ-ZONE devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another module.

Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter Menus) notice that it displays all of the available menus and associated parameters within this module. The menu structure as laid out within this software follows:

- Setup

- Operations

- Factory

Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. As an alternative, clicking on the negative symbol next to Setup will collapse the Setup Menu where the Operations Menu will appear next and perhaps deliver more clarity for the area of focus by not displaying unwanted menus and parameters. Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter (single click of mouse) as is the case for Digital I/O 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column simply mean that this does not apply for the type of device selected. As an example, notice that when Input Voltage is selected, everything related to the output does not apply and is therefore grayed out. To speed up the process of configuration notice that at the bottom of the center column there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1, 2 and 3 are the same

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


type of sensor click on "Copy Settings" where a copy from/to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings. Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive help will appear for that particular item in the right hand column. Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the "Finish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.

Although the RMH module now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure out what was changed. Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive. After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again. The screen below will than appear.

When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed (Saved in) and enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved files follows:

\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-ZONE CONFIGURATOR\Saved Configurations The user can save the file to any folder of choice.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Function Block Descriptions

Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RMH function blocks. Note that as you view each, you will find text that is black and text that appears gray. The gray text represents inputs that are not currently available based on the functions defined use (red text). For instance, when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD, TC Linearization will appear gray. Ranges specified are in units or degrees F, if expressed in degrees

C, the range will be smaller.

Action Function

The Action Function will cause the action selected to occur with in the module where the action function resides when Source Function A = ON and Active Level = High. Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output, Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.

Note:

Action Function selection is module type and part number dependant.

Action Function

Active Level

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Event Status

Action - Overview

Instances - RMH = 24

Act

SEt

Action Menu

Setup Page

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Fn

Fi

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

LEu

Action Function [10003] : None, User Set Restore, Alarm,

Silence Alarms, Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm

State, Force Alarm to Occur, Idle Set Point, Tune, Manual,

Switch Control Loop Off, Remote Set Point, TRU-TUNE+ Disable

Function Instance [10004] : 0 to 25

Source Function A [10006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit,

Logic, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance A [10002] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [10007] : 0 to 24

Active Level [10001] : High, Low

Act oPEr

Action Menu

Operations Page

E.iS

Event Status [10005] : On, Off

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Alarm Function

Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off auto matically when the alarm condition is over.

Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.

Type

Logic Sides oint oint

Display

Time

Clear

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Control Loop - Set Point

Alarm - Overview


Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Alarm Working Set Point

Output Value

ALЛЏ

SEt

Alarm Menu

Setup Page


A.hi

LAt

A.bL

A.Si

A.dSP

A.dL

iS.A

S2.A

LooP

A.hy

A.Lg

A.Sd

A.Lo

A.CLr

A.Sir

A.St

A.ty

Sr.A

A.Lo

A.hi

A.CLr

A.Sir

A.St

Type [9015] : Off, Deviation, Process

Alarm Source [9017] : None, Analog Input,

Current, Power, Linearization, Math,

Process Value, Variable, Current Read, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Load Resistance

Alarm Source Instance [9018] : 1 to 250

Alarm Source Zone [9025] : 0 to 24

Control Loop [9023] : 1 to 250

Hysteresis [9003] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

Logic [9005] : Close on Alarm, Open on Alarm

Sides [9004] : Both, High, Low

Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

High Set Point [9001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Latching [9007] : Non-Latching, Latching

Blocking [9008] : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both

Silencing [9006] : Off, On

Display [9016] : Off, On

Delay Time [9021] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear

Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms

Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,

Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error

ALЛЏ oPEr

Alarm Menu

Operations Page

Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

High Set Point [9001]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear

Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms

Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,

Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error

Alarm Latched [9010] : No, Yes

Alarm Silenced [9011] : No, Yes

Alarm Clearable [9013] : No, Yes

Alarm Working Process Value [9019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Alarm Working Set Point [9020]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value [9024] : On, Off

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Alarm (cont .)

Type


Display

Time

Clear

Alarm Alarm

Alarm Source


Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm - Off

When function = Off THEN

Output Value = OFF

Alarm State = None

Alarm Indication = None

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable



Output Value

Type


Display

Time

Clear

Alarm Alarm

Alarm Source


Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable



Alarm - Process

Output Value

When function = Process THEN

Output Value = True when <= Low Set Point or >= High Set

Point

Type


Display

Time

Clear

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm Source


Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable



Control Loop - Set Point

Alarm - Deviation

Output Value

When function = Deviation THEN

Output Value = True when Alarm Source - Closed Loop Set

Point <= Low Set Point or Alarm Source + Closed High Set

Point >= High Set Point

IF Type = Off THEN

Output Value = OFF

Alarm State = None

Alarm Indication = None

IF Alarm Type = Process THEN

Output Value changes state when

Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set

Points.

IF Type = Deviation THEN

Output Value changes state when Control

Loop Source value exceeds the sum of

Closed Loop Set Point plus Alarm Set

Points . The Control Loop parameter defines which loop to obtain the closed loop set point value.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Analog Input Function

Note:

This function configures and connects physical inputs to internal functions. Configure the sensor type to match what is connected. For process inputs such as potentiometer, voltage, or milliampere, set the electrical span using scale low/high and engineering representation range using range low/high. Apply the corresponding units of measure.

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low V

Thermistor Curve alue

A

Display P

Clear Latch R

Filter recision equest

Analog Input

Analog Input - Overview

Instances - RMH = 4, 8, 12 or 16

Ai

SEt

Analog Input Menu

Setup Page

SEn

Lin

Analog Input Value

Input Error


Sensor Type [4005] : Off, Thermocouple, Millivolts, Volts,

Milliamps, RTD 100 Ohm, RTD 1000 Ohm, 1K Potentiometer,

Thermistor (optional)

TC Linearization [4006] : B, C, D, E, F, J, K, N, R, S, T

Co.b

Co.C

r.r

FiL i.Er

dEC

S.Lo

S.hi

r.Lo

r.hi

P.EE

P.EL

t.C

Co.A

Unit i.CA

Ain i.Er

Units [4042] : Absolute Temperature, Power, Process,

Relative Humidity

Scale Low [4015] : -100.00 to 1000.00

Scale High [4016] : -100.00 to 1000.00

Range Low [4017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Range High [4018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Process Error Enable [4030] : Off, Low

Process Error Low Value [4031] : -100.00 to 1,000.00

Thermistor Curve [4038] : Curve A, Curve B, Curve C, Custom

Thermistor Coefficient A [4039] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Thermistor Coefficient B [4040] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Thermistor Coefficient C [4041] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Resistance Range [4037] : 5k, 10k, 20k, 40k

Filter [4014] : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Input Error Latching [4028] : Off, On

Display Precision [4020] : Whole, Tenths, Hundredths,

Thousandths

Calibration Offset [4012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Analog Input Value [4001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Error [4002] : None, Open, Shorted,

Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error,

RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced

Ai oPEr

Analog Input Menu

Operations Page

Ain i.Er

i.CA

Analog Input Value [4001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Error [4002] : None, Open, Shorted,

Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error,

RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced


Clear Latch Request [4029] : Clear, Ignore

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Analog Input (cont .)

Type

Scale Low

Units

Range High

Resistance Range alue

A

Analog Input

Analog Input -

Off

Display P

Clear Latch R


Analog Input Value

Input Error

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low V

Display P

Clear Latch R

Range High alue


Analog Input

Analog Input -

Thermocouple

Analog Input Value

Input Error

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low V

Display P

Clear Latch R

Range High alue


Analog Input

Analog Input -

Process or Potentiometer

Analog Input Value

Input Error

Thermistor Curve

Sensor

Resistance Range

Type

A

Analog Input

Analog Input -

Thermistor

Display P

Clear Latch R


Analog Input Value

Input Error

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low V

Display P

Clear Latch R

Range High alue


Analog Input

Analog Input -

RTD

Analog Input Value

Input Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Compare Function

Use the compare function to compare two analog values (A and B) for a condition such as are they equal. If the compare condition is met, the output turns on.

The tolerance is expressed in the same units as Source A and Requires Source A and Source B to be without errors for function to work.

Error [28013] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Function

Error

Handling

Fn toL

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Sib

S2.b

Er.h

Su.A

Su.b

o.u

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

CPE

SEt

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Overview


Output Value

Error

Compare Menu

Setup Page


Function [28009] : Off, Greater Than, Less Than, Equal To,

Not Equal To, Greater or Equal, Less or Equal

Tolerance [28011] : 0.0 to 9,999.000 units or F

Source Function A [28001] : None, Analog Input, Current,

Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process

Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Resistance



Source Function B [28002] : None, Analog Input, Current,


Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance B [28004] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [28006] : 0 to 24

Error Handling [28012] : False Bad, False Good, True Bad, True Good

CPE oPEr

Compare Menu

Operations Page

Source Value A [28007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

Source Value B [28008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

Output Value [28010] : Off, On

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Compare (cont .)

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Compare - Off

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

No Compare, Output Value = OFF

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Greater Than

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A>B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Less Than

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A<B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Equal To

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A=B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Not Equal To

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A not equal B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Greater or Equal

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A>=B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error Handling

Tolerance

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Less or Equal

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A<=B, Output Value = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Control Loop Function

Heat

Cool

Algorithm

Autotune

TRU

-TUNE

+ Enable

-TUNE

+ Band

+ Gain

Remote Set P

Remote Set P oint oint

Type

Fixed P

Power owe r

Minimum Set P

Maximum Manual P

Time

Ramp

Ramp Scale

Action

Ramp Rate oint oint ower ower

Autotune Set P oint

Heat P

On/Off

Autotune oint

Set P oint

Cool P oint

On/Off

Loop Error Clear R

Manual P

Deadband ower equest

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

LooP

SEt

Loop Menu

Setup Page

SFn.A

iS.A

h.Ag

C.Ag

C.Cr

h.Pb

h.hy

C.Pb

C.hy

ti td db t.tUn

t.bnd

t.gn

A.tSP

t.Agr

P.dL

r.En

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

r.ty

UFA

FAiL

ЛЏAn

L.dE

L.dt

L.dd

rP r.SC

r.rt

L.SP

h.SP

C.SP

id.S

SP.Lo

SP.hi

o.SP

C.ЛЏ


Source Function A [8050] :None, Process Value, Analog Input,

Linearization, Math, Variable

Source Instance A [8021] : (not changeable)*

Heat Algorithm [8003] : Off, PID, On/Off

Cool Algorithm [8004] : Off, PID, On/Off

Cool Output Curve [8038] : Off, Non-linear curve 1,

...........Non-linear curve 2

Heat Proportional Band [8009] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

On/Off Heat Hysteresis [8010] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

Cool Proportional Band [8012] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

On/Off Cool Hysteresis [8013] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

Time Integral [8006] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Time Derivative [8007] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Deadband [8008] : -1,000.0 to 1,000.0

TRU-TUNE+ Enable [8022] : No, Yes

TRU-TUNE+ Band [8034] : 0 to 100

TRU-TUNE+ Gain [8035] : 1 to 6

Autotune Set Point [8025] : 50 to 200 %

Autotune Aggressiveness [8024] : Under, Critical, Over

Peltier Delay [8051] : 0.0 to 5.0

Remote Set Point [7021] : No, Yes

Source Function B [7023] : None, Analog Input, Current,


Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable



Remote Set Point Type [7022] : Auto, Manual

Auto-to-Manual [7012] : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Fixed Power,

User

Input Error Power [7013] : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Fixed Power,

User

Fixed Power [7011] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Open Loop Detect Enable [8039] : No, Yes

Open Loop Detect Time [8040] : 0 to 3,600 seconds

Open Loop Detect Deviation [8041] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Ramp Action [7014] : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both

Ramp Scale [7015] : Hours, Minutes

Ramp Rate [7017] : 0.000 to 9,999.000

Minimum Set Point [7003] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Maximum Set Point [7004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Set Point [7001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Idle Set Point [7009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Minimum Manual Power [7005] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Maximum Manual Power [7006] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Manual Power [7002] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Control Mode [8001] : Off, Auto, Manual

Control - Overview

Instances - RMH = 4, 8, 12 or 16

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed-Loop Set Point

Manual Power

Process Value Active

Loop Power

ЛЏon oPEr

Monitor Menu

Operations Page iS.A

h.Ag

C.Pr

C.SP

Pu.A


Control Mode Active [8002] : Off, Auto, Manual

Heat Power [8011] : 0.0 to 100.0 %

Cool Power [8014] : 0.0 to 100.0 %

Closed-Loop Set Point [8026] : -1,999.000 to

9,999.000

Process Value Active [8031] : -1,999.000 to

9,999.000

LooP oPEr

Loop Menu

Operations Page r.En

C.ЛЏ

A.tSP

Aut

C.SP

id.S

h.Pb

h.hy

C.Pb

C.hy

ti td db o.SP

Remote Set Point [7021] : No, Yes

Control Mode [8001] : Off, Auto, Manual

Autotune Set Point [8025] : 50 to 200 %

Autotune [8026] : No, Yes

Set Point [7001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Idle Set Point [7009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Heat Proportional Band [8009] : 0.001 to

9,999.000

On/Off Heat Hysteresis [8010] : 0.001 to

9,999.000

Cool Proportional Band [8012] : 0.001 to

9,999.000

On/Off Cool Hysteresis [8013] : 0.001 to

9,999.000

Time Integral [8006] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Time Derivative [8007] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Deadband [8008] : -1,000.000 to 1,000.000

Manual Power [7002] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Loop Power [8033] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Loop Error [8048]: None, Open Loop, Reversed Sensor

Clear Error [8049] : Ignore, Clear

Tune Status [8027] : Off, Cross 1 Positive, Cross 1 Negative,

Cross 2 Positive, Cross 2 Negative, Cross 3 Positive, Cross 3

Negative, Measuring Max, Measuring Min, Calculating,

Complete, Timeout

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Control Loop (cont .)

Autotune

Heat

Algorithm

TRU

Algorithm

TRU

-TUNE

+ Enable

-TUNE

+ Band

+ Gain

Remote Set P

Remote Set P oint oint

Type

Fixed P

Powe r owe r

Time

Ramp

Ramp Scale

Action

Minimum Manual P

Minimum Set P

Maximum Manual P

Maximum Set P oint oint ower ower

Autotune Set P oint oint

Heat P

On/Off Cool P On/Off

Set P oint oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control - Off

Loop Error Clear R

Manual P


Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power


Manual Power


Loop Power

If Control Mode = Off : Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = 0%

Autotune

Heat

Algorithm

TRU

Algorithm

TRU TRU

-TUNE

+ Enable

-TUNE

+ Band

+ Gain oint oint

Type

Fixed P

Powe r owe r

Time

Ramp

Ramp Scale

Action

Minimum Set P

Profiling Enable oint oint ower ower


Heat P

Cool P On/Off

Set P oint oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control - Manual

Loop Error Clear R

Manual P


Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power


Manual Power


Loop Power

Autotune

Heat

Algorithm

TRU

Algorithm

TRU TRU

-TUNE

+ Enable

-TUNE

+ Band + Gain

If Control Mode = Manual :

Manual Power = user entered value

Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = Manual Power oint oint

Type

Fixed P

Powe r owe r

Time

Ramp

Ramp Scale

Action

Minimum Set P

Maximum Manual P

Profiling Enable

Ramp Rate oint oint ower ower


Heat P On/Off Cool P

On/Off

Set P oint oint

Loop Error Clear R

Manual P


Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control - Auto

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power


Manual Power


Loop Power

If Control Mode = Auto :

Set Point = user entered value

Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Counter Function

Counters increment up or down from a preset value. When the count is equal to the target, the output value will be active.

• Function selects whether the counter increments or decrements the count value. Decrementing to 0 returns 9,999; incrementing to 9,999 returns 0.

• Source Function A selects which type of function increments the Count.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A select which source to use.

• Count Active Level selects which state increments the Count.

• Source Function B selects which type of function resets the Count to the Load Value .

• Source Instance B and Source Zone B selects which source to use.

• Reset Active Level selects which state resets the Count.

• Load Value sets the counter's initial value. Count is set to this value each time the controller is powered up and each time the counter is reset.

• Target Value sets the value at which the output turns on.

• Latching sets the behavior for the output when Count exceeds the Target Value.

• Error [30016] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Count

Reset

Active

Active

Level

Level alue alue

Latching

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Count

Source Value A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value B

Output Value

Counter - Overview


Error

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SAS.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SAS.b

LoAd trgt

LAt

Cnt

Su.A

Su.b

o.u

Ctr

SEt

Counter Menu

Setup Page


Function [30009] : Up, Down

Source Function A [30001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,

Heater Error



Count Active Level [30011] : High, Low, Both

Source Function B [30002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,

Heater Error



Reset Active Level [30012] : High, Low, Both

Load Value [30013] : 0 to 9,999

Target Value [30014] : 0 to 9,999

Latching [30017] : No, Yes

Ctr oPEr

Counter Menu

Operations Page

Count [30015] : 0 to 9,999

Source Value A [30007] : Off, On

Source Value B [30008] : Off, On


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Custom Function

Use custom menu to set the user defined parameters to display at the Home Page of an RUI/

Gateway.

ID

Par iid

Custom - Overview


CUSt

FAc t

Custom Menu

Factory Page


Parameter [14005] : None, Process, Calibration

Offset, Display Units, User Settings Restore,

Alarm Low Set Point, Alarm High Set Point,

Alarm Hysteresis, Set Point, Active Process Value,

Active Set Point, Open-Loop Set Point, Autotune,

Control Mode, Heat Power, Cool Power, Time Integral,

Time Derivative, Dead band, Heat Proportional Band,

Heat Hysteresis, Cool Proportional Band,

Cool Hysteresis, Ramp Rate, TRU-TUNE+ Enable,

Idle Set Point, Custom

Instance ID [14003] : 1 to 16

Diagnostic Function

Part Number

Software Revision

Software Build Number

Serial Number

Diagnostics - Overview

Instances - RMH = 1

Date of Manufacture

Hardware ID

Device Status

Device Name diAg

FAct

Diagnostics Menu

Factory Page

Pn rEu

S.bLd

Sn dAtE


Part Number [1009] :

Software Revision [1003] : 9.00, ...

Software Build Number [1005] :

Serial Number [1007] : xxxxxx

Date of Manufacture [1008] : YWW

Hardware ID [1001] : 113 (RMH)

Device Name [1011] : EZ-ZONE RM

Device Status [1016] : OK, Fail

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Digital Input/Output Function

The Output Value is determined by Function connection and Direction.


Error, Fail,Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Time Base

Direction

Low P

Time Base

Type

High P owe owe r Scale dir

Fn

Fi

S2.A

o.Ct

o.tb

o.Lo

o.hi

di.S

do.S

Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Error

Digital I/O - Overview

Instances - RMH = 0, 6 or 12 dio

SEt

Digital I/O Menu

Setup Page


Direction [6001] : Output, Input Voltage, Input Dry Contact

Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Linearization,

Math, Process Value, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer,

Variable

Output Function Instance [6006] : 1 to 24

Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 16

Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

Low Power Scale [6009] : 0.0 to 100.0 %

High Power Scale [6010] : 0.0 to 100.0 % dio oPEr

Digital I/O Menu

Operations Page

Input State [6011] : On, Off

Output State [6007] : On, Off

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Digital Input/Output (cont .)

Direction

Low P High P

Time Base

Type owe r Scale

Digital Input Value

Digital I/O as

Input State

Digital I/O Value

Input

Error

Direct ion

Low P

Time Base

Type

High P ower Scale

Function


Output Source Zone

Digital I/O as

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Output

Error

Global Function

AC Line Frequency

Display Units

Save Settings

As

Global - Overview

Instances - RMH = 1

Output Value gLbL

SEt

Global Menu

Setup Page

C_F

AC.Lf

d.PrS

USr.S

USr.r


Display Units [3005] : F, C

AC Line Frequency [1034] : 50 Hz, 60 Hz

Display Pairs [3028] : 1 to 25

Save Settings As [1014] : None, User Set 1

Restore Settings From [1013] : None, User Set 1, Factory

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Linearization Function

This function will take an analog Source A and re-linearize using a 10-point offset, then add

Offset and produce an Output Value.

• Error [34028]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD


Function

Output P

Units

Output P oint 1 oint 1 oint 2

Output P oint 2 oint 3

Output P oint 3 oint 4 oint 4 oint 5

Output P

Output P oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8

Output P oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Overview


Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Lnr

SEt

Linearization Menu

Setup Page

Si.A

S2.A

Unit oP.5

iP.6

oP.6

iP.7

oP.7

iP.8

oP.8

iP.9

oP.9

iP.10

iP.10

iP.1

oP.1

iP.2

oP.2

iP.3

oP.3

iP.4

oP.4

iP.5

Fn

SFn.A


Function [34005] : Off, Interpolated, Stepped

Source Function A [34001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable



Units [34029] : Source, None, Absolute Temperature,

Relative Temperature, Power, Process, Relative Humidity

Input Point 1 [34008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 1 [34018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 2 [34009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 2 [34019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 3 [34010] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 3 [34020] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 4 [34011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 4 [34021] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 5 [34012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 5 [34022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 6 [34013] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 6 [34023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 7 [34014] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 7 [34024] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 8 [34015] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 8 [34025] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 9 [34016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 9 [34026] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 10 [34017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 10 [34027] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Lnr oPEr

Linearization Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

oFSt o.u

Source Value A [34004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Offset [34006] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value [34007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Linearization (cont .)

Function

Input P

Units oint 1





Output P

Output P oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Off

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Function

Input P

Units oint 1





Output P Output P oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8

Output P oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Interpolated

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Function

Units oint 1

Output P

Output P oint 1 oint 2 oint 2 oint 3


Output P oint 4 oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7

Output P Output P oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Stepped

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Logic Function



Function

Error Handling


Fn

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Overview


Output Value

Error

LgC

SEt

Logic Menu

Setup Page

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SFn.C

Si.C

S2.C

SFn.d

Si.d

S2.d

SFn.E

Si.E

S2.E

SFn.F

Si.F

S2.F

SFn.g

Si.g

S2.g

SFn.h

Si.h

S2.h

Er.h

Function [27033] : Off, AND, OR, Equal To, NAND, NOR, Not Equal To, Latch,

RS FlipFlop

Source Function A [27001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error



Source Function B [27002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,





Source Function C [27003] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance C [27011] : 1 to 250

Source Zone C [27019] : 0 to 24

Source Function D [27004] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance D [27012] : 1 to 250

Source Zone D [27020] : 0 to 24

Source Function E [27005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance E [27013] : 1 to 250

Source Zone E [27021] : 0 to 24

Source Function F [27006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance F [27014] : 1 to 250

Source Zone F [27022] : 0 to 24

Source Function G [27007] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance G [27015] : 1 to 250

Source Zone G [27023] : 0 to 250

Source Function H [27008] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,



Source Instance H [27016] : 1 to 250

Source Zone H [27024] : 0 to 24

Error Handling [27035] : True Good, True Bad, False Good, False Bad

LgC oPEr

Logic Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

Su.C

Su.d

Su.E

Su.F

Su.g

Su.h

o.u



Source Value C [27027] : Off, On

Source Value D [27028] : Off, On

Source Value E [27029] : Off, On

Source Value F [27030] : Off, On

Source Value G [27031] : Off, On

Source Value H [27032] : Off, On


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Logic (cont .)

Function

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - AND

Output Value

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

Function

Error

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - OR

Output Value

Error

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

Function

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic -

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

NAND

Output Value

Error

Function

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - NOR

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

• 178 •

Output Value

Error

Chapter 6 Features

Logic (cont .)

Function Error Handling Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Not Equal

Output Value

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

Function

Error

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Latch

Output Value

Error

Output Value follows A, unless B = ON

Latch Output while B = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Equal

Output Value

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

Function

Error

Error Handling

Logic -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

RS Flip Flop

A Sets Output Value ON, B Resets Output Value OFF

• 179 • Chapter 6 Features

Logic (cont .)

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic -

Output Value = Off

Off

Output Value

Error

Error Handling

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Math Function

The Math function block accepts multiple inputs and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some math operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.

• Error [25029]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD


Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Units

Filter Offset

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Overview


Output Value

Error

ЛЏAt

SEt

Math Menu

Setup Page

S.id

S2.d

SFn.E

Si.E

S2.E

S.Lo

S.hi

Unit

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SFn.C

Si.C

S2.C

SFn.d

r.Lo

r.hi

P.unt

A.unt

FiL


Function [25021] : Off, Average, Process Scale, Deviation Scale, Switch Over,

Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum, Maximum,

Square Root, Sample and Hold, Pressure to Altitude, Dewpoint

Source Function A [25001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance



Source Function B [25005] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,





Source Function C [25003] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,





Source Function D [25004] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,






Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable



Scale Low [25024] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Scale High [25025] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Unit [25032] Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature,

Power, Process, Relative Humidity

Range Low [25026] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Range High [25027] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Pressure Units [25030] : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal

Altitude Units [25031] : Feet, Kilofeet


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

ЛЏAt oPEr

Math Menu

Operations Page

RMH Module

Su.A

Su.b

Su.C

Su.d

Su.E

o.u

oFSt

Source Value A [25016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value B [25017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value C [25018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value D [25019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000


Output Value [25022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Offset [25023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

• 181 • Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Altitude Units

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Off

Output Value

Error

Units w

Altit ude Units

Filter

Off set

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Process Scale

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [(Range High -

Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low) * (A - Scale

Low) + Range Low + Offset]

If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]

Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source

A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow

Units setting.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 182 •

Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Average

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]

Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A

Range Lo

Units

Pressure Units w

Altit ude Units

Filter

Off set

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Deviation Scale

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [((Range High -

Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low)) * (A - Scale

Low) + Range Low + B + Offset]


Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source

A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow

Units setting.

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Switch Over

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]


Display units follows active source.

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Ratio

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]

If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Differential

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]

Display units follows Source A plus relative

Source B

Error

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Add

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]

Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Multiply

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]


Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Minimum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C

: D) + Offset]

Display units follows Source with minimum value.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Absolute Difference

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]

Display units follow Source A plus relative

Source B

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Maximum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B :

C : D) + Offset]

Display units follows Source with maximum value.

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Square Root

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]


Error

Range Low

Altitude Units

Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Sample and Hold

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [last value of A + Offset]


Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Pressure to Altitude

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to

Altitude + Offset]

Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the

International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to

90,000 feet. It can be used beyond this range in both directions, but with loss of accuracy. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet (sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Dewpoint

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [427.26 * (CP * B / 8.8618)

/ (17.27- (CP * B / 8.8618)) + 32 + Offset]

Source A is used for Calculated Pressure or CP ;

Note: For dewpoint, Source A is temperature (F) and Source B is RH (%). Saturation pressure calculation is identical to that used in wet/dry bulb. Result is in degrees F.

Chapter 6 Features

Modbus

®

Function

Configure the Modbus RTU serial communication settings using these parameters.

Modbus

Modbus W ord Order

Parity

Non-V olatile Save

Communications - Modbus RTU

Instances - RMH = 0, 1

Co ЛЏ

SEt

Communications Menu

Setup Page bAUd

PAr

ЛЏ.hL

C_F nU.S


Baud Rate [17002] : 19600, 19200, 38400

Parity [17003] : None, Even, Odd

Modbus Word Order [17043] : Word Low High, Word High Low

Display Units [17050] : F, C

Non-Volatile Save [17051] : No, Yes

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Output Function

This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions.

Note:

Digital Outputs not included on these sheets

• Output Value [18019] : 0 to 10.0 volts or 0 to 20.00 milliamperes

• Output Value [6011] : On, Off

• Error: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error,

Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Calibration Offset

Low P

Tim

Type

High P owe e Base owe r Scale r Scale

Output

Scale Low

Type

Function


Output Source Zone

Output Source Error

Output Value

Error

Digital Output - Overview

Instances - RMH = 0, 1 to 4, 7 to 10 otPt

SEt

Output Menu

Setup Page

Function


Source Zone A

Output Source Error

Analog Output -

Output Value

Error

Overview

Instances - RMH = 0, 1 to 3, 7 to 9


Fn

Fi

S2 o.Ct

o.tb

o.Lo

o.hi

o.ty

Fn

Fi

S2.A

S.Lo

S.hi

r.Lo

r.hi

o.CA

Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat Power,

Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,

Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value,



Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 24

Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

Low Power Scale [6009] : 0 to 100 %

High Power Scale [6010] : 0 to 100 %

Output Type [18001] : Volts, Milliamps

Function [18002] : Off, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance



Scale Low [18009] : 0.0 to 20.00

Scale High [18010] : 0.0 to 20.00

Range Low [18011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Range High [18012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Process Value Function

The Process Value (PV) function block accepts multiple inputs and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some PV operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.



Pu

SEt

Process Value Menu

Setup Page

Function

Barometric P

Pressure Units oint ressure

Filter Offset


Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Overview


Output Value

Error

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SFn.C

Si.C

S2.C

SFn.d

S.id

S2.d

SFn.E

Si.E

S2.E

C.P

C.b

P.unt

A.unt

b.Pr

FiL

Function [26021] : Off, Sensor Backup, Average, Crossover, Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb,

Switch Over, Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,

Maximum, Square Root, Vaisala RH Compensation, Pressure to Altitude

Source Function A [26001] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,

Process Value, Variable


Source Function B [26002] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,




Source Function C [26003] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,




Source Function D [26004] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,





Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable



Cross Over Point [26024] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Cross Over Band [26025] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Pressure Units [26028] : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal

Altitude Units [26029] : Feet, Kilofeet

Barometric Pressure [26030] : 10.0 to 16.0


Pu oPEr

Process Value Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

Su.C

Su.d

Su.E

o.u

oFSt

Source Value A [26016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value B [26017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value C [26018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value D [26019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000


Offset [26023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value [26022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Process Value (cont .)

Barometric P

Cross Over P

Function oint ressure

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]


Off

Output Value

Error

Cross Over P

Function oint

Barometric P ressure

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Average

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]

Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Cross Over P

Function oint


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Sensor Backup

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [first assigned Source without an error + Offset]

Cross Over P

Function oint


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Crossover

Output Value

Error

If A <= Cross Over Point - (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output

Value = Filter [(A + Offset)]

If A >= Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output

Value = Filter[(B + Offset)]

Output Value = Filter [((A * X) + (B * (1-X))) + Offset]

Where variable X = (Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) -

A) / Cross Over Band

Chapter 6 Features


Cross Over P

Function oint


Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Calculated Humidity + Offset] where

Source A is the Dry Bulb and Source B is the Wet Bulb

Note: Wet/Dry bulb temperatures are in degrees F and pressures are in

PSI. Output Value is % relative humidity. Useful temperature range is

10 to 350F

Barometric P

Cross Over P


Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Differential

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]

Display units follows Source A plus relative

Source B

Error

Cross Over P

Function oint


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Switch Over

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]


Display units follows active source.

Cross Over P

Function oint


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Ratio

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]

If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®



Function

Barometric P


Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Add

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]


Cross Over P

Barometric P

Cross Over Band


Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Absolute

Difference

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]

Display units follow Source A plus relative

Source B

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Function

Barometric P


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Multiply

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]


Cross Over P

Barometric P


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Minimum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C : D) +

Offset]

Display units follows Source with minimum value.

Chapter 6 Features


Barometric P

Cross Over P


Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Maximum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B : C : D) +

Offset]

Display units follows Source with maximum value.

Cross Over P

Barometric P


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Vaisala RH

Compensation

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Calculated RH compensated for temperature + Offset].

Note: Source A is RH measured value from an uncompensated Vaisala RH sensor. Source B is temperature of the RH sensor in degrees F. The result is a "corrected" RH measured value. This calculation is effective over the temperature range of -75F to

350F.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

Cross Over P

Barometric P


Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Square Root

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]


Error

Function

Barometric P


Filter

Offset

• 192 •

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value -

Pressure to

Altitude

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to

Altitude + Offset]

Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the

International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to

90,000 feet. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet

(sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.

Chapter 6 Features

Security Function

If Password is enabled, the user must enter the Password to get to menus that have been blocked due to lock level settings. Rolling passwords required a new password each time the power has been cycled to the controller. It will be different for every controller. The administrator password is required to change the security settings even if the user enters their password to override the security settings.

Administrator P

Operations P

Locked

Read Lock age

User P assword

Public K

Password ey

Security Function Block - Overview

Instances - RMH = 1

LoC

FAct

Lock Menu

Factory Page

LoC.o

PAS.E

r.LoC

S.LoC

LoC.L

roL.L

PAS.u

PAS.A


Operations Page [3002] : 1 to 3

Password Enable [3015] : Off, On

Read Lock [3010] : 1 to 5

Write Security [3011] : 1 to 5

Locked Access Level [3016] : 1 to 5

Rolling Password [3019] : Off, On

User Password [3017] : 10 to 999

Administrator Password [3018] : 10 to 999

ULoC

FAct

Unlock Menu

Factory Page

CodE

PASS

Public Key [3020] : 0 to 9999

Password [3022] : 10 to 999

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer Function

• Error [31018] = None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD


• Running [31015] = Off, ON

Transmitter

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Timer -

Overview


Error t ЛЏr

SEt

Timer Menu

Setup Page

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SAS.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SAS.b

ti

LEu


Function [31009] : Off, On Pulse, Delay, One Shot, Retentive

Source Function A [31001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable



Run Active Level [31011] : High (rising), Low (falling)

Source Function B [31002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable



Reset Active Level [31012] : High (rising), Low (falling)

Time [31013] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds

Active Level [31014] : High, Low tЛЏr oPEr

Timer Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

E.t

o.u



Elapsed Time [31016] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds


Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer (cont .)

Off

Output Value = OFF

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer - Off

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer (cont .)

On Pulse

An On Pulse Timer is used to produce an output pulse of a constant duration. It can be used as a minimum on time for compressor control or other devices that do not want excessive cycling. Use Function to select On Pulse.

• On Pulse timers output a pulse of a set duration that is triggered or restarted by the level of Source A.

• Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.

• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.

• Time sets the time duration of the output pulse.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the elapsed time is greater than or equal to the Time setting.

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Timer - On Pulse

Error

Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge

Run Active Level = High

Transmitter Active Level = High

Output Value high low on off

Time

0+t

Time Time

Elapsed Time

0

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer (cont .)

Delay

A delay timer is used to cause a delaying action. The delay can be made to happen on either the leading or trailing edge. This can be used to keep short input pulses from propagating or to have a secondary action occur at a known amount of time after the primary action; such as, turning on successive output devices.

• Use Function to select Delay.

• Delay timers will delay the response of a signal presented to Source A and then switch the output value.



• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.

• Overlap of run signal to time signal determines output value on time. If run signal is less than time signal, output does not activate.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the run time is greater than the

Time setting.

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer - Delay

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Timing Diagram of Delay with active state rising edge

Run Active Level = High


Output Value high low on off

Time

0+t

Time Time

Elapsed Time

0

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer (cont .)

One Shot

The One Shot timer functions like a simple oven timer. The time value gets set by the user and it counts down to zero without retaining the original time (hence the name one-shot).

This is intended to be used in applications where the user will manually set different times for each process.

• Use Function to select One Shot.

• One Shot timers count down while Source A is active; otherwise it holds. Preset of Time clears once time is elapsed.



• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer count down.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.

Transmitter

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Timer - One Shot

Timing Diagram of One Shot with active state rising edge high

Run Active Level = High low on

Timer Timing off on


Output Value off

Pre-set Time edit

Countdown Time

Pre-set Time edit

Elapsed Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Timer (cont .)

Retentive

A retentive timer is used to keep track of how much time something has been in a particular state. For example, this can be used to time how long something has been in an alarm state or how long it has been since a profile or step ran. The output can be used to trigger an event if the elapsed time has grown excessive.

• Use Function to select Retentive.

• Retentive timers count up from 0 to the Time parameter while Source A is active; otherwise it holds. It can be reset by Source B. The Elapsed time will continue to count up until the maximum value is reached and then rolls over unless a reset pulse is generated.



• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer countdown.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Timer - Retentive

Timing Diagram of Retentive with all active state rising edge high

Run Active Level = High low on

Timer Timing off high

Reset Active Level = High low on


Output Value off

Time

Elapsed Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Variable Function

A variable function block is used to store a user sup plied value and provide a source input to another function block with that value. As an example, you could use a variable function value as one input to a compare function. The other input to the compare function would determine the output value based on the user's supplied value.

This function simply passes the stored value to its output.



• Output Value [2004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 or On or Off

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Output Value

Error

Variable -

Overview


uAr

SEt

Variable Menu

Setup Page tyPE

Unit dig

AnLg


Data Type [2001] : Analog, Digital

Units [2007] : None, Absolute Temperature,

Relative Temperature, Power, Process,

Relative Humidity

Digital Value [2002] : On, Off

Analog Value [2003] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Output Value

Error

Variable -

Digital

Output Value

Error

Variable -

Analog

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


7

Chapter 7: Appendix

Modbus

®

- Programmable Memory Blocks

The Modbus assembly contains 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at

Modbus register 40 (shown on the following page). The pointers are 32-bits long so are stored in two sequential registers. As an example, if we want to move an alias to the analog input of the RMH (register 380) into register 40, we perform a multiple write command (0x10 function) of 380 into register 40 and 381 into register 41 as a single multi-write command.

Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the pointer registers, the working registers 200 to 279 then represent those parameters. Therefore, as in the example above, if 380 is in register 40, 381 in register 41, register 200 & 201 contains the 32-bit floating point result for analog input 1.

The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support

Tools DVD (shipped with the product) as well as on the Watlow website. On the DVD, it can be found under "Utility Tools" and is identified as "Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZ-ZONE PM,

RM and ST". A similar program can be found here as well for a connection utilizing Ethernet

TCP.

If it is easier to go to the web to acquire this software click on the link below and type

"modbus" in the search field where both versions can be found with the same name. http:// www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module • 201 • Chapter 7 Appendix

Assembly Pointer Registers and Assembly Working Registers

Definition Addresses Working Addresses

96 & 97

98 & 99

100 & 101

102 & 103

104 & 105

106 & 107

108 & 109

110 & 111

112 & 113

114 & 115

116 & 117

118 & 119

76 & 77

78 & 79

80 & 81

82 & 83

84 & 85

86 & 87

88 & 89

90 & 91

92 & 93

94 & 95

56 & 57

58 & 59

60 & 61

62 & 63

64 & 65

66 & 67

68 & 69

70 & 71

72 & 73

74 & 75

40 & 41

42 & 43

44 & 45

46 & 47

48 & 49

50 & 51

52 & 53

54 & 55

256 & 257

256 & 259

260 & 261

262 & 263

264 & 265

266 & 267

268 & 269

270 & 271

272 & 273

274 & 275

276 & 277

278 & 279

236 & 237

238 & 239

240 & 241

242 & 243

244 & 245

246 & 247

248 & 249

250 & 251

252 & 253

254 & 255

200 & 201

202 & 203

204 & 205

206 & 207

208 & 209

210 & 211

212 & 213

214 & 215

216 & 217

218 & 219

220 & 221

222 & 223

224 & 225

226 & 227

228 & 229

230 & 231

232 & 233

234 & 235

Definition Addresses Working Addresses

176 & 177

178 & 179

180 & 181

182 & 183

184 & 185

186 & 187

188 & 189

190 & 191

192 & 193

194 & 195

196 & 197

198 & 199

156 & 157

158 & 159

160 & 161

162 & 163

164 & 165

166 & 167

168 & 169

170 & 171

172 & 173

174 & 175

120 & 121

122 & 123

124 & 125

126 & 127

128 & 129

130 & 131

132 & 133

134 & 135

136 & 137

138 & 139

140 & 141

142 & 143

144 & 145

146 & 147

148 & 149

150 & 151

152 & 153

154 & 155

336 & 337

338 & 339

340 & 341

342 & 343

344 & 345

346 & 347

348 & 349

350 & 351

352 & 353

354 & 355

356 & 357

358 & 359

316 & 317

318 & 319

320 & 321

322 & 323

324 & 325

326 & 327

328 & 329

330 & 331

332 & 333

334 & 335

280 & 281

282 & 283

284 & 285

286 & 287

288 & 289

290 & 291

292 & 293

294 & 295

296 & 297

296 & 299

300 & 301

302 & 303

304 & 305

306 & 307

308 & 309

310 & 311

312 & 313

314 & 315

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40-119

Assembly Definition

Addresses

Default Pointers

Assembly Working

Addresses

Registers 40 & 41

Registers 200 & 201

Pointer 1 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Value of Pointer 1

Registers 202 & 203

Value of Pointer 2

Registers 42 & 43

Pointer 2 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 44 & 45

Pointer 3 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 46 & 47

Pointer 4 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 48 & 49

Pointer 5 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 50 & 51

Pointer 6 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 52 & 53

Pointer 7 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 54 & 55

Pointer 8 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 56 & 57

Pointer 9 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 58 & 59

Pointer 10 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 204 & 205

Value of Pointer 3

Registers 206 & 207

Value of Pointer 4

Registers 208 & 209

Value of Pointer 5

Registers 210 & 211

Value of Pointer 6

Registers 212 & 213

Value of Pointer 7

Registers 214 & 215

Value of Pointer 8

Registers 216 & 217

Value of Pointer 9

Registers 218 & 219

Value of Pointer 10

Registers 60 & 61

Pointer 11 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 62 & 63

Pointer 12 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 64 & 65

Pointer 13 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 220 & 221

Value of Pointer 11

Registers 222 & 223

Value of Pointer 12

Registers 224 & 225

Value of Pointer 13

Registers 66 & 67

Pointer 14 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 68 & 69

Pointer 15 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 70 & 71

Pointer 16 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 72 & 73

Pointer 17 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 74 & 75

Pointer 18 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 76 & 77

Pointer 19 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 226 & 227

Value of Pointer 14

Registers 228 & 229

Value of Pointer 15

Registers 230 & 231

Value of Pointer 16

Registers 232 & 233

Value of Pointer 17

Registers 234 & 235

Value of Pointer 18

Registers 236 & 237

Value of Pointer 19

Registers 78 & 79

Pointer 20 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 238 & 239

Value of Pointer 20

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Assembly Definition

Addresses

Default Pointers

Registers 80 & 81

Pointer 21 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 82 & 83

Pointer 22 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 84 & 85

Pointer 23 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 86 & 87

Pointer 24 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 88 & 89

Pointer 25 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 90 & 91

Pointer 26 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 92 & 93

Pointer 27 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 94 & 95

Pointer 28 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 96 & 97

Pointer 29 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 98 & 99

Pointer 30 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 100 & 101

Pointer 31 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 102 & 103

Pointer 32 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 104 & 105

Pointer 33 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 106 & 107

Pointer 34 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 108 & 109

Pointer 35 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 110 & 111

Pointer 36 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 112 & 113

Pointer 37 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 114 & 115

Pointer 38 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 116 & 117

Pointer 39 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 118 & 119

Pointer 40 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 260 & 261

Value of Pointer 31

Registers 262 & 263

Value of Pointer 32

Registers 264 & 265

Value of Pointer 33

Registers 266 & 267

Value of Pointer 34

Registers 268 & 269

Value of Pointer 35

Registers 270 & 271

Value of Pointer 36

Registers 272 & 273

Value of Pointer 37

Registers 274 & 275

Value of Pointer 38

Registers 276 & 277

Value of Pointer 39

Registers 278 & 279

Value of Pointer 40

Chapter 7 Appendix

Assembly Working

Addresses

Registers 240 & 241

Value of Pointer 21

Registers 242 & 243

Value of Pointer 22

Registers 244 & 245

Value of Pointer 23

Registers 246 & 247

Value of Pointer 24

Registers 248 & 249

Value of Pointer 25

Registers 250 & 251

Value of Pointer 26

Registers 252 & 253

Value of Pointer 27

Registers 254 & 256

Value of Pointer 28

Registers 256 & 257

Value of Pointer 29

Registers 258 & 259

Value of Pointer 30

Modbus Default Assembly Structure 120-199

Assembly Definition

Registers

Default Pointers

Assembly Working

Registers

Registers 120 & 121 Registers 280 & 281

Pointer 41 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Value of Pointer 41

Registers 122 & 123

Pointer 42 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 282 & 283

Value of Pointer 42

Registers284 & 285

Value of Pointer 43

Registers 124 & 125

Pointer 43 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 126 & 127

Pointer 44 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 128 & 129

Pointer 45 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 130 & 131

Pointer 46 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 286 & 287

Value of Pointer 44

Registers 288 & 289

Value of Pointer 45

Registers 290 & 291

Value of Pointer 46

Registers 132 & 133

Pointer 47 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 134 & 135

Pointer 48 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 292 & 293

Value of Pointer 47

Registers 294 & 295

Value of Pointer 48

Registers 136 & 137

Pointer 49 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 138 & 139

Pointer 50 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 296 & 297

Value of Pointer 49

Registers 298 & 299

Value of Pointer 50

Registers 140 & 141

Pointer 51 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 142 & 143

Pointer 52 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 144 & 145

Pointer 53 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 146 & 147

Pointer 54 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 148 & 149

Pointer 55 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 150 & 151

Pointer 56 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 152 & 153

Pointer 57 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 154 & 155

Pointer 58 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 156 & 157

Pointer 59 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 158 & 159

Pointer 60 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 300 & 301

Value of Pointer 51

Registers 302 & 303

Value of Pointer 52

Registers 304 & 305

Value of Pointer 53

Registers 306 & 307

Value of Pointer 54

Registers 308 & 309

Value of Pointer 55

Registers 310 & 311

Value of Pointer 56

Registers 312 &313

Value of Pointer 57

Registers 314 & 315

Value of Pointer 58

Registers 316 & 317

Value of Pointer 59

Registers 318 & 319

Value of Pointer 60

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Assembly Definition

Registers

Default Pointers

Registers 160 & 161

Pointer 61 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 162 & 163

Pointer 62 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 164 & 165

Pointer 63 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 166 & 167

Pointer 64 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 168 & 169

Pointer 65 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 170 & 171

Pointer 66 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 172 & 173

Pointer 67 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 174 & 175

Pointer 68 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 176 & 177

Pointer 69 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 178 & 179

Pointer 70 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 180 & 181

Pointer 71 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 182 & 183

Pointer 72 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 184 & 185

Pointer 73 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 186 & 187

Pointer 74 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 188 & 189

Pointer 75 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 190 & 191

Pointer 76 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 192 & 193

Pointer 77 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 194 & 195

Pointer 78 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 196 & 197

Pointer 79 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Registers 198 & 199

Pointer 80 = 0 & 1

Hardware ID

Assembly Working

Registers

Registers 320 & 321

Value of Pointer 61

Registers 322 & 323

Value of Pointer 62

Registers 324 & 325

Value of Pointer 63

Registers 326 & 327

Value of Pointer 64

Registers 328 & 329

Value of Pointer 65

Registers 330 & 331

Value of Pointer 66

Registers 332 & 333

Value of Pointer 67

Registers 334 & 335

Value of Pointer 68

Registers 336 & 337

Value of Pointer 69

Registers 338 & 339

Value of Pointer 70

Registers 340 & 341

Value of Pointer 71

Registers 342 & 343

Value of Pointer 72

Registers 344 & 345

Value of Pointer 73

Registers 346 & 347

Value of Pointer 74

Registers 348 & 349

Value of Pointer 75

Registers 350 & 351

Value of Pointer 76

Registers 352 & 353

Value of Pointer 77

Registers 354 & 355

Value of Pointer 78

Registers 356 & 357

Value of Pointer 79

Registers 358 & 359

Value of Pointer 80

Chapter 7 Appendix

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues

Indication

Error Input

Er.i1 Er.i2

Er.i3 Er.i4

Er.i5 Er.i6

Er.i7 Er.i8

Er.iq Er.10

Er.11 Er.12

Er.13 Er.14

Er.15 Er.16

Description

Sensor does not provide a valid signal to controller

Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Match setting to sensor used

• Calibration corrupt • Check calibration of controller

Ambient Error

Er.ab

Alarm won’t clear or reset

Alarm won’t occur

Sensor does not provide a valid signal to controller

• Cold junction circuitry is not working

• Return to factory

Alarm will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input

• Latching is active

• Alarm set to incorrect output

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Sensor input is out of alarm set point range

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

Alarm will not activate output

• Digital input function is incorrect

• Silencing is active

• Blocking is active

• Alarm is set to incorrect output

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

• Reset alarm when process is within range or disable latching

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Correct cause of sensor input out of alarm range

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

• Set digital input function and source instance

• Disable silencing, if required

• Disable blocking, if required

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Indication

Alarm Error

AL.E1 AL.E2

AL.E3 AL.E4

AL.E5 AL.E6

AL.E7 AL.E8

AL.Eq AL.10

AL.11 AL.12

AL.13 AL14

AL15 AL.16

AL.17 AL18

AL1q AL.20

AL.21 AL22

AL23 AL.24

Alarm Low

AL.L1 AL.L2

AL.L3 AL.L4

AL.L5 AL.L6

AL.L7 AL.L8

AL.Lq AL.10

AL.11 AL.12

AL.13 AL14

AL15 AL.16

AL.17 AL18

AL1q AL.20

AL.21 AL22

AL23 AL.24

Alarm High

AL.h1 AL.h2

AL.h3 AL.h4

AL.h5 AL.h6

AL.h7 AL.h8

AL.hq AL.10

AL.11 AL.12

AL.13 AL14

AL15 AL.16

AL.17 AL18

AL1q AL.20

AL.21 AL22

AL23 AL.24

Description

Alarm state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input

Possible Cause(s)

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Calibration corrupt

Corrective Action

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Match setting to sensor used

• Check calibration of controller

Sensor input below low alarm set point

• Temperature is less than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Check cause of under temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

Sensor input above high alarm set point

• Temperature is greater than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Check cause of over temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Ramping rp1 rp2 rp3 rp4 rp5 rp6 rp7 rp8 rpq rp10 rp11 rp12 rp13 rp14 rp15 rp16

Autotuning tU01 tU02 tU03 tU04 tU05 tU06 tU07 tU08 tU0q tU10 tU11 tU12 tU13 tU14 tU15 tU16

Indication

Loop Open Error

Lp.o1 Lp.o2

Lp.o3 Lp.o4

Lp.o5 Lp.o6

Lp.o7 Lp.o8

Lp.oq Lp.10

Lp.11 Lp.12

Lp.13 Lp.14

Lp.15 Lp.16

Loop Reversed

Error

Lp.r1 Lp.r2

Lp.r3 Lp.r4

Lp.r5 Lp.r6

Lp.r7 Lp.r8

Lp.rq Lp.10

Lp.11 Lp.12

Lp.13 Lp.14

Lp.15 Lp.16

Description

Open Loop Detect is active and the process value did not deviate by a userselected value in a user specified period with PID power at 100%.


• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect

• Thermal loop is open


• Set correct Open Loop

Detect Time for application


Deviation value for application

• Determine cause of open thermal loop: misplaced sensors, load failure, loss of power to load, etc.

• Deactivate Open Loop

Detect feature

• Open Loop Detect function not required but activated

Open Loop Detect is active and the process value is headed in the wrong direction when the output is activated based on deviation value and userselected value.

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect

• Output programmed for incorrect function

• Thermocouple sensor wired in reverse polarity

Controller is ramping to new set point

• Ramping feature is activated


Detect Time for application


Deviation value for application

• Set output function correctly

• Wire thermocouple correctly, (red wire is negative)

• Disable ramping feature if not required

Controller is autotuning the control loop

• User started the autotune function

• Digital input is set to start autotune

• Wait until autotune completes or disable autotune feature

• Set digital input to function other than autotune, if desired

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Indication

Process doesn’t control to set point

Temperature runway

No heat/cool action

Description

Process is unstable or never reaches set point


• Controller not tuned correctly

• Control mode is incorrectly set

• Control set point is incorrect


• Perform autotune or manually tune system

• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed

Loop)

• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop

• Verify output function is correct (heat or cool)

• Correct sensor wiring

(red wire negative)

• Verify and correct wiring

Process value continues to increase or decrease past set point.

• Controller output incorrectly programmed

• Thermocouple reverse wired

• Controller output wired incorrectly

• Short in heater

• Power controller connection to controller defective

Output does not activate load

• Replace heater

• Replace or repair power controller

• Controller output defective

• Output function is incorrectly set

• Control mode is incorrectly set

• Replace or repair controller

• Set output function correctly

• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed

Loop)

• Correct output wiring

• Output is incorrectly wired

• Load, power or fuse is open

• Control set point is incorrect

• Correct fault in system

• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop

• Incorrect controller model for application

• Obtain correct controller model for application

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Indication

No Display

No Serial

Communication

Device Error

100 rEtn

Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

No display indication or LED illumination

• Power to controller is off

• Fuse open

• Breaker tripped

• Safety interlock switch open

• Separate system limit control activated

• Wiring error

• Incorrect voltage to controller

• Turn on power

• Replace fuse

• Reset breaker

• Close interlock switch

• Reset limit

• Correct wiring issue

• Apply correct voltage, check part number

Cannot establish serial communications with the controller

• Address parameter incorrect

• Incorrect protocol selected

• Baud rate incorrect

• Parity incorrect

• Set unique addresses on network

• Match protocol between devices

• Match baud rate between devices

• Match parity between devices

• Wiring error

• EIA-485 converter issue

• Correct wiring issue

• Check settings or replace converter

• Incorrect computer or

PLC communications port

• Set correct communication port

• Incorrect software setup

• Correct software setup to match controller

• Wires routed with power cables

• Route communications wires away from power wires

• Termination resistor may be required

• Place 120 Ω resistor across EIA-485 on last controller

Controller displays internal malfunction message at power up.

• Controller defective

• Sensor input over driven

• Replace or repair controller

• Check sensors for ground loops, reverse wiring or out of range values.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Indication

Heater Error h.Er

Remote User

Interface

(RUI) menus inaccessible

RUI value to low vaL.L

RUI value to high vaL.h

Description

Heater Error


• Current through load is above current trip set point

• Current through load is below current trip set point

Unable to access sEt

, opEr

, fCty or prof

menus or particular prompts in Home Page

• Security set to incorrect level

Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit

LED display <-1999

• Digital input set to lockout keypad

• Custom parameters incorrect

• Incorrect setup


• Check that the load current is proper. Correct cause of overcurrent and/ or ensure current trip set point is correct.

• Check that the load current is proper. Correct cause of undercurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.

• Check

LoC

settings in

Factory Page - change appropriate password in

ULoC

setting in Factory

Page

• Change state of digital input

• Change custom parameters in

Factory Page

• Check scaling of source data

Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit

LED display >9999

• Incorrect setup • Check scaling of source data

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Shorted

Open

Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions

Inputs Detection of Abnormal Conditions

Thermocouple

No direct detection, Open loop firmware detection.

Yes, Parasitic pull-up

Reversed Yes, firmware detection

Current Source

Shorted Range limiting only

Open Range limiting only

Reversed

Open

Range limiting only

Voltage Source

Range limiting only

Shorted Range limiting only

Reversed Range limiting only

RTD

S1 open Yes, pulled up.

S2 open Not implemented.

S3 open Yes, pulled up.

S1 short to S2 Yes, pulled up

S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to under range.

S2 shorted to S3 Not implemented, Possible, monitor S2 voltage.

S1 and S2 open Yes, pulled down to under range.

S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up.

S2 and S3 open Yes pulled up.

Thermistor

S1 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.

S3 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.

S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to sensor under range.

S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up to sensor over range.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RMH Module Specifications

Line Voltage/Power

• 20.4 to 30.8Vı (ac/dc), 50/60Hz, ±5 percent

• Power consumption: 7 W, 14VA

• Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or SELV rating. (Safety Extra

Low Voltage)

• Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory

• Compliant with Semi F47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirements

Available Power Supplies

• AC/DC Power supply converter 90-264VÅ (ac) to 24VÎ (dc) volts.

• P/N 0847-0299-0000: 31 W

• P/N 0847-0300-0000: 60 W

• P/N 0847-0301-0000: 91 W

Environment

• 0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature

• -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature

• 0 to 90 percent RH, non-condensing

• RM modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and shock protection enclosure, such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure; unless all circuit connections are Class 2 or SELV

Accuracy

• Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ±0.1% of span, ±1°C at the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage

• Types R, S, B; 0.2%

• Type T below -50°C; 0.2%

• Calibration ambient temperature at 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F)

• Accuracy span: 540°C (1000°F) min.

• Temperature stability: ±0.1°C/°C (±0.1°F/°F) rise in ambient max.

Agency Approvals

• UL

®

/EN 61010 listed; c-UL C22.2 #61010 File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7

• ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div. 2-Group A, B, C, D Temperature code T4 (optional) File E184390 QUZW, QUZW7

• EN 60529 IP20; RM modules

• UL

®

50, Type 4X Indoor use, EN 60529 IP66; 1⁄16 DIN RUI, NEMA 4X

• RoHS by design, W.E.E.E.

• CE

Serial Communications

• The RMH module ships with isolated standard bus protocol for configuration and communication connection to all other EZ-ZONE products, Modbus RTU is optional.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Optional User Interface

• Seven-segment address LED, programmed via push-button switch

• Communication activity, 2 LEDs

• Error condition of each loop, 4 LEDs

• Output status indication, 16 LEDs

Maximum RMH System Configuration

• Up to sixteen (16) modules, 256 loops maximum system capacity

Mounting

• DIN-rail specification EN50022, 35 x 7.5 mm (1.38 x 0.30 in.)

• Can be DIN-rail mounted or chassis mounted with customer-supplied fasteners

Dimensions

155.0 mm

(6.10 in)

116.08 mm

(4.57 in)

Weight

Controller:

453.59 g (16 oz.)

Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals

• Right angle and front screw type terminal blocks (slots A, B, D, E)

- Input, power and controller output terminals, touch-safe removable 12 to 30 AWG

• Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)

• Torque 0.56 Nm (5.0 lb.-in.) right angle, 0.5 Nm (4.51 lb-in) front terminal block

• Dimensional Drawing

• Use solid or stranded copper conductors only

Connector

Standard

Straight

Dimension “A” (mm/in .)

148 (5.80)

155 (6.10)

Optional Accessories

Remote User Interface (RUI)

• 1⁄16 DIN

• Dual 4 digit, 7-segment LED displays

• Keys: Advance, infinity, up, down keys, plus an EZ-KEY programmable function key

• Typical display update rate 1Hz

EZ-ZONE RMH Product Documentation

• Watlow Support Tools CD, P/N 0601-0001-0000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Universal Input

• Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors

- >20MΩ input impedance

• Max. 2KΩ source resistance

• RTD 2 - wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1000Ω @ 0°C (32°F) calibration to DIN curve (0.00385

Ω/Ω/°C)

• Process, 0-20mA @100Ω, or 0-10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance; scalable, 0-50mV

Voltage Input Ranges

- Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions

- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum

Milliamp Input Ranges

- Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions

- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum

Resolution Input Ranges

- 0 to 10V: 200 µV nominal

- 0 to 20 mA: 0.5 mA nominal

• Potentiometer: 0 to 1,200Ω

• Inverse scaling

Input Type

E

R

T

N

J

K

S

B

C

D

F (PTII)

RTD, 100 ohm

RTD, 1000 ohm mV

Volts

Max Error @ 25 Deg C

±3.9

±2.66

±3.32

±3.32

±2.34

±2.00

±2.00

±0.05

±1.75

±2.45

±1.55

±2.25

±2.10

±3.9

±0.01

Accuracy

Range Low

0

870

0

0

0

-200

-200

-50

0

-200

-200

0

-200

0

0

Accuracy

Range High

1450

1700

2315

2315

1343

800

800

50

750

1250

350

1250

900

1450

10

Units

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

DegC mV

Volts mAdc mAac

±0.02

±5

0

0

20

50 mAmps DC mAmps AC

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Input Type Max Error @ 25 Deg C

Accuracy

Range Low

Potentiometer,

1K range

Resistance, 5K range




±1

±5

±10

±20

±40

Operating Range

E

R

T

N

J

K

Input Type Range Low Range High

-210

-270

C

D

S

B

F (PTII)

RTD (100 ohm)

RTD (1000 ohm) mV

Volts mAdc mAac

Potentiometer, 1K range 0

Resistance, 5K range 0



0

0

Resistance, 40K range 0

0

0

0

0

0

-200

-200

0

0

-50

0

-270

-270

-270

-50

1200

1371

400

1300

1000

1767

1767

1816

2315

2315

1343

800

800

50

10

20

50

1200

5000

10000

20000

40000

0

0

0

0

0

Deg C

Deg C

Units

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C mV

Volts mAmps DC mAmps AC

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Accuracy

Range High

1000

5000

10000

20000

40000

Units

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Input Type

Thermistor, 5K range




Thermistor Input

Max Error @

25 Deg C

±5

±10

±20

±40

Accuracy

Range Low

• 0 to 40KΩ, 0 to 20KΩ, 0 to 10KΩ, 0 to 5KΩ

• 2.252KΩ and 10KΩ base at 25°C

• Linearization curves built in

• Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements

0

0

0

0

Accuracy Range

High

5000

10000

20000

40000

Units

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Base R @ 25C

2.252K

10K

10K

Digital Input

Alpha

Techniques

Curve A

Curve A

Curve C

-

DC voltage

- Max. input 36V @ 3mA

- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA

- Max. low state 2V

-

Dry contact

- Min. open resistance 10KΩ

- Max. closed resistance 50Ω

- Max. short circuit 13mA

• Digital input update rate 10Hz

Beta

THERM

2.2K3A

10K3A

10K4A

YSI

004

016

006

Thermistor

Curve

A

B

C

Output Hardware

• Electromechanical relay, Form A, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) max., resistive load,

100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V, 125VA pilot duty

• Digital outputs

- Update rate 10Hz

- Switched DC

» Output voltage 20VÎ (dc)

» Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc)

- Open Collector

» Switched voltage max.: 32VÎ (dc)

» Max. switched current per output: 1.5A

» Max. switched current for all 6 outputs combined: 8A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


• Universal process/retransmit outputs, range selectable:

- 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 1,000Ω load

- 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load

Resolution

» dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal

» mA ranges: 5 µA nominal

Calibration Accuracy

» dc ranges: ±15 mV

» mA ranges: ±30 µA

Temperature Stability

» 100 ppm/°C

Quad Solid-State Relays

• Form A, 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression

- Resistive load 2A per output at 20 to 264V

Å

(ac)

- 50 VA pilot duty at 120/240 V

Å

(ac)

Programmable Application Blocks

Actions (events) 24 total

Alarms 24 total

Control Loop 16 total

Compare 24 total

- Off, greater than, less than, equal, not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal

Counters 24 total

- Counts up or down loads, predetermined value on load signal. Output is active when count value equals predetermined target value

Logic 24 total

- Off, and, nand, or, nor, equal, not equal, Latch

Linearization 16 total

- Interpolated or stepped relationship

Math 24 total

- Off, average, process scale, deviation scale, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root, sample and hold

Process Value 16 total

- Off, sensor backup, average, crossover, wet/dry bulb, switch over, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root

Timers 24 total

- On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal

- Delay output is a delayed start of timer run, off at same time

- One Shot oven timer

- Retentive measures timer run signal, output on when accumulated time exceeds target

Variable 24 total

- User value for digital or analog variable

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


RMH Ordering Information

High density module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20.4 to 30.8 V ~(ac) / (dc), communication port provided for configuration with EZ-ZONE Configurator software.

Code Number

1 2

EZ-ZONE

Rail Mount

3

High

Density

Module

RM H

4

Connector

Style/

Custom

Product

-

5

Slot A

6

Slot B

7

Slot D

8

Slot E

-

9

Future

Options

A

10

Enhanced

Options

11 12

Additional

Options

Connector Style/Custom Product - Digit

4

A = Right angle screw connector (standard)

F = Front screw connector

S = Custom

Slot A - Digit

5

1 = 4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops

2 = 4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops

Slot B - Digit

6

A = None

1 =

2 =

4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops

4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops

Slot D - Digit

7

A =

None

1 =

4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops

2 =


J =

4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L =

C =

4 SSR's at 2 amps each

6 Digital I/O

Slot E - Digit

8

A =

None

1 = 4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops

2 =


J = 4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L =

C =

4 SSR's at 2 amps each

6 Digital I/O

Future Options - Digit

9

A = Standard

Enhanced Options - Digit

10

A = Standard Bus

1 = Standard Bus and Modbus RTU 485 (selectable via switch)

Additional Options - Digits

11 12

Firmware, Overlays, Parameter Settings

AA = Standard

AB = Replacement connectors hardware only, for the entered model number

12 = Class 1 Div. 2 (not available with mechanical relay options)

XX = Custom (consult factory)

Watlow ®, EZ-ZONE ® and TRU-TUNE ® are registered trademarks of Watlow

Electric Manufacturing Company.

UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.

Modbus ® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


Declaration of Conformity

EZ Zone Series RM

WATLOW Electric Manufacturing Company ISO 9001

since 1996.

1241 Bundy Blvd.

Winona, MN 55987 USA

Declares that the following Series RM (Rail Mount) products:

Model Numbers:

RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module options of various inputs and outputs or communications.

Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2 Classification:

Voltage and Frequency:

Power Consumption:

Environmental Rating:

SELV 24 to 28 V  ac 50/60 Hz or dc

RMA models 4 Watts, any other RM model 7 Watts

IP20

Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show below to indicate compliance.

EN 61326-1

2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

2013 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use – EMC requirements, Industrial Immunity, Class A Emissions (Not for use in a

Class B environment without additional filtering).

Electrostatic Discharge Immunity EN 61000-4-2 2009

EN 61000-4-3 2010

EN 61000-4-4 2012

EN 61000-4-5

EN 61000-4-11

2006

EN 61000-4-6 2014

2004

EN 61000-3-2 2009

EN 61000-3-3

1

2013

Radiated Field Immunity

Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity

Surge Immunity (Reviewed to IEC 61000-4-5 2014)

Conducted Immunity

Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity

Harmonic Current Emissions (Reviewed to IEC 61000-3-2 2014)

Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker

SEMI F47

1

2000 Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1

NOTE: To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current is at

15A, or the maximum source impedance needs to be < 0.13Ω. Control power input of RM models comply with

61000-3-3 requirements.

EN 61010-1 2011

2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive

Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements

Compliant with 2011/65/EU RoHS Directive

Per 2012/19/EU W.E.E.E Directive Please Recycle Properly

Joe Millanes

Name of Authorized Representative

Director of Operations

Winona, Minnesota, USA

Place of Issue

September 2014

Title of Authorized Representative

Signature of Authorized Representative

Date of Issue

CE DOC EZ-ZONE RM-09-14

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMH Module

Page 1 of 1

• 219 • Chapter 7 Appendix

How to Reach Us

Corporate Headquarters

Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company

12001 Lackland Road

St. Louis, MO 63146

Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2

Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.com

From outside the USA and Canada:

Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600

Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814

Latin America

Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.

Av. Fundición No. 5

Col. Parques Industriales

Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130

Mexico

Tel: +52 442 217-6235

Fax: +52 442 217-6403

Europe

Watlow France

Tour d'Asnières.

4 Avenue Laurent Cély

92600 Asnières sur Seine

France

Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70

Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57


Website: www.watlow.fr

Watlow GmbH

Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1

D-76709 Kronau

Germany

Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0

Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900


Website: www.watlow.de

Watlow Italy S.r.l.

Viale Italia 52/54

20094 Corsico MI

Italy

Tel: +39 024588841

Fax: +39 0245869954


Website: www.watlow.it

Asia and Pacific

Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.

16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,

#06-03/04,

Singapore 139965

Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323

Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.com.sg

Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.

4/57 Sharps Road

Tullamarine, VIC 3043

Australia

Tel: +61 3 9335 6449

Fax: +61 3 9330 3566


Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza

290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District

Shanghai, China 200433

China

Phone

Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)

International: +86 21 3381 0188

Fax: +86 21 6106 1423


Website: www.watlow.cn

Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.

C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9

E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz

Madrid - Spain

T. +34 91 675 12 92

F. +34 91 648 73 80


Website: www.watlow.es

Watlow UK Ltd.

Linby Industrial Estate

Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA

United Kingdom

Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777

Fax: (0) 115 964 0071


Website: www.watlow.co.uk

From outside The United Kingdom:

Tel: +44 115 964 0777

Fax: +44 115 964 0071

Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632

Email: [email protected] Website: www.

watlow.co.jp

Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.

#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga

Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103

Republic of Korea

Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771

Website: www.watlow.co.kr

Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd

1F-17, IOI Business Park

No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan

Bandar Puchong Jaya

47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.

Malaysia

Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186



瓦特龍電機股份有限公司

80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一

電話: 07-2885168 傳真: 07-2885568

Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation

10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143

Taiwan

Your Authorized Watlow Distributor

ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社

〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4

四国ビル別館9階

Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632


Watlow Japan Ltd.

1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku

Tokyo 101-0047

Japan

Website: www.watlow.co.jp

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®


TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

Chapter 7 Appendix

Watlow EZ-ZONE RMH User's Guide

EZ-ZONE

®

RM High Density Module

User’s Guide

RM High Density Module

0600-0074-0000 Rev. F Made in the U.S.A

March 2016

Safety Information

Warranty

Technical Assistance

Return Material Authorization (RMA)

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Chapter 1: Overview

Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources

Document Title and Part Number

Description

Your Comments are Appreciated

Introduction

Standard Features and Benefits

PID controller

Communication Capabilities

Additional Control Integration Options

Advanced PID Control Algorithm

Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics

Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution

Controller Handles High Ambient Temperatures

Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined Parameter Default Settings

RMH Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility

Synergistic Module Control (SMC)

Split-Rail Control (SRC)

Agency Approvals: UL

listed, CE, RoHS, W .E .E .E . FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div . 2 Rating on Selected Models

Removable Connectors

Three-Year Warranty

A Conceptual View of the RMH Module

Inputs

Functions

Note:

Outputs

Input Events and Output Events

Actions

A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations

RMH Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a Personal Computer (PC)

RMH Module Connected to a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail

Note:

RMH Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RMA

RMH Connected to a Split Rail with OIT

Module Orientation

Note:

Getting Started Quickly

Note:

Setup Page

Operations Page

Factory Page

Home Page

Note:

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] - A A A A

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] J C - A A A A

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C J - A A A A

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C C - A A A A

EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram

R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [F,L] [F,L] - A A A A

Chapter 2: Install and Wire

Dimensions

Note:

Module Removal Clearance Standard Connectors

Module Removal Clearance Straight Connectors

Dimensions (cont .)

Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern

Power Supplies

DSP 30

+ + - -